TW201728918A

TW201728918A - Optical component with surface protective film

Info

Publication number: TW201728918A
Application number: TW105126216A
Authority: TW
Inventors: Shogo Sasaki; Koji Shitara
Original assignee: Nitto Denko Corp
Priority date: 2015-08-24
Filing date: 2016-08-17
Publication date: 2017-08-16
Also published as: TWI724017B; JP2017149129A; JP7154733B2

Abstract

The invention provides an optical component with a surface protective film. The optical component is characterized in that a strippable liner is adhered on the surface of one side by an adhesive layer; the surface protective film is adhered on the surface of the other side; and the optical component will not get stripped from the surface protective film easily together with the strippable liner when the strippable liner is stripped, namely stripping does not take place easily on the interface between the optical component and the surface protective film. The optical component with the surface protective film provided by the invention successively comprises a stacking body composed of the optical component and the surface protective film, the adhesive layer (2) located on the side of the optical component opposite to the surface protective film, as well as the stripper liner located on the side of the adhesive layer (2) opposite to the optical component, wherein the surface protective film comprises a base material layer and the adhesive layer (1); the adhesive layer (1) of the surface protective film is located on the optical component side; and initial stripping force P of stripping of the optical component from the stacking body exceeds initial stripping force Q of stripping of the strippable liner from the stacking body.

Description

附有表面保護膜之光學構件Optical member with a surface protective film

本發明係關於一種附有表面保護膜之光學構件。本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件係於光學構件之表面貼合有表面保護膜之構件。The present invention relates to an optical member with a surface protective film attached thereto. The optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention is a member to which a surface protective film is bonded to the surface of the optical member.

於液晶顯示裝置等光學製品之製造步驟中，通常在偏光板等光學構件之一表面經由黏著劑層貼合有剝離襯墊。並且，於將此種光學構件貼合於其他構件(例如其他光學構件)之情形時，在貼合前將剝離襯墊剝離使黏著劑層露出，再貼合於其他構件(例如專利文獻1)。另一方面，為了防止加工、組裝、檢查、輸送等時表面之損傷，光學構件通常在露出面側貼合表面保護膜。此種表面保護膜於不再需要表面保護時自光學構件被剝離。即，於液晶顯示裝置等光學製品之製造步驟中，通常，於光學構件之一表面經由黏著劑層貼合有剝離襯墊，且於另一表面貼合有表面保護膜。於此種附有表面保護膜之光學構件中，於如上述般欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，重要的是僅於該剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之界面發生剝離。然而，於先前之附有表面保護膜之光學構件中，於如上述般欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，會發生光學構件與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離之問題，即，於光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離之問題。此種問題於光學構件較薄之情形時尤為顯著。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]日本特許第3972676號公報In the manufacturing step of an optical product such as a liquid crystal display device, a release liner is usually bonded to the surface of one of the optical members such as a polarizing plate via an adhesive layer. In the case where such an optical member is bonded to another member (for example, another optical member), the release liner is peeled off before the bonding, and the adhesive layer is exposed, and then bonded to another member (for example, Patent Document 1) . On the other hand, in order to prevent damage of the surface during processing, assembly, inspection, transportation, etc., the optical member is usually bonded to the surface of the exposed surface. Such a surface protective film is peeled off from the optical member when surface protection is no longer required. In other words, in the manufacturing step of an optical product such as a liquid crystal display device, a release liner is usually bonded to one surface of the optical member via an adhesive layer, and a surface protective film is bonded to the other surface. In such an optical member with a surface protective film, when peeling the release liner as described above, it is important that peeling occurs only at the interface between the release liner and the adhesive layer. However, in the optical member with the surface protective film previously attached, when the release liner is peeled off as described above, the problem that the optical member is peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner occurs, that is, in the optical member. The problem of peeling off from the interface with the surface protective film. This problem is particularly noticeable when the optical components are thin. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Document] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent No. 3972676

[發明所欲解決之問題] 本發明之課題在於提供一種附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其係於一表面經由黏著劑層貼合有剝離襯墊、且於另一表面貼合有表面保護膜之光學構件，並且於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 [解決問題之技術手段] 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件依序具有：光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，且該表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)，該表面保護膜之該黏著劑層(1)為光學構件側，且該光學構件自該積層體之起始剝離力P大於該剝離襯墊自該積層體之起始剝離力Q。於一實施形態中，上述光學構件之厚度為1 μm～500 μm。於一實施形態中，上述表面保護膜之厚度為5 μm～500 μm。於一實施形態中，上述剝離襯墊之厚度為1 μm～500 μm。於一實施形態中，上述基材層為塑膠膜。於一實施形態中，上述黏著劑層(1)所含有之黏著劑為選自胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、丙烯酸系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑、聚矽氧系黏著劑中之至少1種。於一實施形態中，上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑包含由含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。於一實施形態中，上述多元醇(A)與上述多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計為2.0以下。於一實施形態中，上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑包含由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。於一實施形態中，上述胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與上述多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計為2.0以下。於一實施形態中，上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑含有脂肪酸酯。於一實施形態中，上述丙烯酸系黏著劑包含由如下組合物形成之丙烯酸系樹脂，該組合物含有：(a)烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(b)選自具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸中之至少1種、(c)選自多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑及環氧系交聯劑中之至少1種。於一實施形態中，上述表面保護膜相對於上述光學構件表面之潤濕速度為5 cm² /秒以上。 [發明之效果] 根據本發明，可提供一種附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其係於一表面經由黏著劑層貼合有剝離襯墊、且於另一表面貼合有表面保護膜之光學構件，並且於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。[Problem to be Solved by the Invention] An object of the present invention is to provide an optical member having a surface protective film which is bonded to a surface via a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and has a surface protection bonded to the other surface. In the optical member of the film, when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. [Means for Solving the Problems] The optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention has, in order, a laminate of an optical member and a surface protective film, and an adhesive layer provided on the opposite side of the optical member from the surface protective film ( 2) and a release liner provided on the side opposite to the optical member of the adhesive layer (2), and the surface protection film comprises a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1), the adhesive of the surface protection film The layer (1) is the optical member side, and the initial peeling force P of the optical member from the laminated body is greater than the initial peeling force Q of the release liner from the laminated body. In one embodiment, the optical member has a thickness of from 1 μm to 500 μm. In one embodiment, the surface protective film has a thickness of 5 μm to 500 μm. In one embodiment, the release liner has a thickness of from 1 μm to 500 μm. In one embodiment, the substrate layer is a plastic film. In one embodiment, the adhesive contained in the adhesive layer (1) is at least one selected from the group consisting of an urethane-based adhesive, an acrylic adhesive, a rubber-based adhesive, and a polyoxygen-based adhesive. Kind. In one embodiment, the urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive contains a polyurethane resin formed of a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). In one embodiment, the equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is 2.0 or less based on the NCO group/OH group. In one embodiment, the urethane-based adhesive comprises a polyurethane resin formed of a composition containing a urethane prepolymer (C) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). . In one embodiment, the equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the urethane prepolymer (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is 2.0 or less based on the NCO group/OH group. In one embodiment, the urethane-based adhesive contains a fatty acid ester. In one embodiment, the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive comprises an acrylic resin formed of a composition comprising: (a) an alkyl group having an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 12 (meth)acrylic acid. The alkyl ester, (b) is at least one selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylates having an OH group and (meth)acrylic acid, and (c) is selected from the group consisting of polyfunctional isocyanate crosslinking agents and epoxy crosslinking agents. At least one of them. In one embodiment, the surface protective film has a wetting rate of 5 cm ² /sec or more with respect to the surface of the optical member. [Effects of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical member with a surface protective film attached to a surface in which a release liner is bonded via an adhesive layer and a surface protective film is bonded to the other surface. When the member is to be peeled off from the release liner, the optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film.

≪≪附有表面保護膜之光學構件≫≫ 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件依序具有：光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，且該表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)，該表面保護膜之該黏著劑層(1)為光學構件側。本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件只要具有光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，則亦可於無損本發明之效果之範圍內具有任意適當之其他層。圖1係本發明之一實施形態之附有表面保護膜之光學構件之概略剖視圖。圖1中，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件1000依序具有剝離襯墊10、黏著劑層(2)20、光學構件30、黏著劑層(1)40及基材層50，黏著劑層(1)40與基材層50構成表面保護膜100。光學構件之厚度較佳為1 μm～500 μm，更佳為3 μm～450 μm，進而較佳為5 μm～400 μm，尤佳為10 μm～300 μm。本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件即使於如此般光學構件之厚度較薄之情形時，亦可表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。表面保護膜之厚度較佳為5 μm～500 μm，更佳為10 μm～450 μm，進而較佳為15 μm～400 μm，尤佳為20 μm～300 μm。藉由將表面保護膜之厚度調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。剝離襯墊之厚度較佳為1 μm～500 μm，更佳為3 μm～450 μm，進而較佳為5 μm～400 μm，尤佳為10 μm～300 μm。藉由將剝離襯墊之厚度調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。關於本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，光學構件自該光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體之起始剝離力P大於剝離襯墊自該積層體之起始剝離力Q。藉由使起始剝離力P大於起始剝離力Q，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q為1以上。於剝離襯墊之厚度為38 μm、剝離速度為300 mm/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q較佳為5以上，更佳為5～20，進而較佳為6～15，尤佳為6～13。若上述起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q在上述範圍內，則本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件更難與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，更難在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。在剝離襯墊之厚度為38 μm、剝離速度為6 m/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q較佳為2.1以上，更佳為2.1～20，進而較佳為2.3～15，尤佳為2.5～10。若上述起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q在上述範圍內，則本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件更難與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，更難在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。於剝離襯墊之厚度為50 μm、剝離速度為300 mm/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q較佳為1.01以上，更佳為1.01～10，進而較佳為1.03～5，尤佳為1.03～3。若上述起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q在上述範圍內，則本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件更難與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，更難在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。於剝離襯墊之厚度為50 μm、剝離速度為6 m/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q較佳為1.05以上，更佳為1.05～10，進而較佳為1.1～5，尤佳為1.2～3。若上述起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q在上述範圍內，則本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件更難與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，更難在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。圖2係對光學構件自該光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體之起始剝離力P進行說明之概略剖視圖。如圖2所示，起始剝離力P係將光學構件30自光學構件30與表面保護膜100之積層體剝離時之起始剝離力。對於起始剝離力P之測定方法，於後文中進行說明。圖3係對剝離襯墊之起始剝離力Q進行說明之概略剖視圖。如圖3所示，起始剝離力Q係將剝離襯墊10自剝離襯墊10、黏著劑層(2)20及光學構件30之積層體剝離時之起始剝離力。對於起始剝離力Q之測定方法，於後文中進行說明。 ≪光學構件≫ 作為光學構件，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之光學構件。光學構件可為1層，亦可為多層。作為此種光學構件，較佳為列舉：偏光板、包含偏光板之多層光學元件、相位差板、LCD、使用有LCD等之觸控面板、LCD所使用之彩色濾光片等。 ≪表面保護膜≫ 表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)。表面保護膜只要包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)，則可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內具有任意適當之其他層。表面保護膜相對於光學構件表面之潤濕速度較佳為5 cm² /秒以上，更佳為7 cm² /秒以上，進而較佳為8 cm² /秒以上，尤佳為8.5 cm² /秒以上。若表面保護膜相對於光學構件表面之潤濕速度在上述範圍內，則表面保護膜相對於光學構件表面之潤濕速度優異，例如不易在光學構件表面與表面保護膜之間存在氣泡。表面保護膜可藉由任意適當之方法製造。作為此種製造方法，例如可根據下述方法等任意適當之方法進行： (1)將黏著劑層(1)之形成材料之溶液或熱熔融液塗佈於基材層上之方法， (2)將根據上述(1)之方法塗佈、形成為隔離膜狀之黏著劑層(1)移至基材層上之方法， (3)將黏著劑層(1)之形成材料擠出並塗佈形成於基材層上之方法， (4)以兩層或多層擠出基材層與黏著劑層(1)之方法， (5)將黏著劑層(1)單層層壓於基材層上之方法或將層壓層以及黏著劑層兩層層壓於基材層上之方法， (6)將黏著劑層(1)與膜或層壓層等基材層形成材料進行兩層或多層層壓之方法。作為塗佈之方法，例如可使用輥塗法、缺角輪塗佈法、模塗法、反向塗佈法、絲網法、凹版塗佈法等。＜基材層＞基材層可僅為1層，亦可為2層以上。基材層可為經延伸者。基材層之厚度較佳為4 μm～450 μm，更佳為8 μm～400 μm，進而較佳為12 μm～350 μm，尤佳為16 μm～250 μm。藉由將基材層之厚度調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。對於基材層之未設置黏著劑層(1)之面，為了形成容易回卷之捲繞體等，例如可於基材層中添加脂肪酸醯胺、聚伸乙基亞胺、長烷烴基系添加劑等進行脫模處理，或者設置包含聚矽氧系、長烷烴基系、氟系等之任意適當之剝離劑的塗層。作為基材層之材料，可根據用途採用任意適當之材料。例如可列舉：塑膠、紙、金屬膜、不織布等。較佳為塑膠。即，基材層較佳為塑膠膜。基材層可由1種材料構成，亦可由2種以上之材料構成。例如可由2種以上之塑膠構成。作為上述塑膠，例如可列舉：聚酯系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂等。作為聚酯系樹脂，例如可列舉：聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯等。作為聚烯烴系樹脂，例如可列舉：烯烴單體之均聚物、烯烴單體之共聚物等。作為聚烯烴系樹脂，具體而言，例如可列舉：均聚丙烯；以乙烯成分作為共聚合成分之嵌段系、無規系、接枝系等丙烯系共聚物；Reactor-TPO；低密度、高密度、線性低密度、超低密度等乙烯系聚合物；乙烯-丙烯共聚物、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-丙烯酸甲酯共聚物、乙烯-丙烯酸乙酯共聚物、乙烯-丙烯酸丁酯共聚物、乙烯-甲基丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-甲基丙烯酸甲酯共聚物等乙烯系共聚物等。基材層可視需要含有任意適當之添加劑。作為基材層所可含有之添加劑，例如可列舉：抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑、抗靜電劑、填充劑、顏料等。基材層所可含有之添加劑之種類、數、量可根據目的而適當設定。特別是於基材層之材料為塑膠之情形時，為了防止劣化等，較佳為含有若干上述添加劑。就提高耐候性等觀點而言，作為添加劑，尤佳為列舉：抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑、填充劑。作為抗氧化劑，可採用任意適當之抗氧化劑。作為此種抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：酚系抗氧化劑、磷系加工熱穩定劑、內酯系加工熱穩定劑、硫系耐熱穩定劑、苯酚-磷系抗氧化劑等。關於抗氧化劑之含有比率，相對於基材層之基礎樹脂(於基材層為摻混物之情形時該摻混物為基礎樹脂)較佳為1重量%以下，更佳為0.5重量%以下，進而較佳為0.01重量%～0.2重量%。作為紫外線吸收劑，可採用任意適當之紫外線吸收劑。作為此種紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：苯并***系紫外線吸收劑、三??系紫外線吸收劑、二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑等。關於紫外線吸收劑之含有比率，相對於形成基材層之基礎樹脂(於基材層為摻混物之情形時該摻混物為基礎樹脂)較佳為2重量%以下，更佳為1重量%以下，進而較佳為0.01重量%～0.5重量%。作為光穩定劑，可採用任意適當之光穩定劑。作為此種光穩定劑，例如可列舉：受阻胺系光穩定劑、苯甲酸酯系光穩定劑等。關於光穩定劑之含有比率，相對於形成基材層之基礎樹脂(於基材層為摻混物之情形時該摻混物為基礎樹脂)較佳為2重量%以下，更佳為1重量%以下，進而較佳為0.01重量%～0.5重量%。作為填充劑，可採用任意適當之填充劑。作為此種填充劑，例如可列舉無機系填充劑等。作為無機系填充劑，具體而言，例如可列舉：碳黑、氧化鈦、氧化鋅等。關於填充劑之含有比率，相對於形成基材層之基礎樹脂(於基材層為摻混物之情形時該摻混物為基礎樹脂)較佳為20重量%以下，更佳為10重量%以下，進而較佳為0.01重量%～10重量%。進而，作為添加劑，為了賦予抗靜電性，亦可較佳地列舉：界面活性劑、無機鹽、多元醇、金屬化合物、碳等無機系、低分子量系及高分子量系抗靜電劑。特別是就污染、維持黏著性之觀點而言，較佳為高分子量系抗靜電劑、碳。＜黏著劑層(1)＞黏著劑層(1)可藉由任意適當之製造方法製造。作為此種製造方法，例如可列舉：將作為黏著劑層(1)之形成材料之組合物塗佈於基材層上，於基材層上形成黏著劑層(1)之方法。作為此種塗佈之方法，例如可列舉：輥塗、凹版塗佈、反向塗佈、輥刷、噴霧塗佈、氣刀塗佈法、利用模嘴塗佈機等之擠出塗佈等。黏著劑層(1)之厚度較佳為1 μm～150 μm，更佳為2 μm～140 μm，進而較佳為3 μm～130 μm，尤佳為4 μm～120 μm。藉由將黏著劑層(1)之厚度調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。黏著劑層(1)中之黏著劑之含有比率較佳為50重量%～100重量%，更佳為60重量%～100重量%，進而較佳為70重量%～100重量%，尤佳為80重量%～100重量%，最佳為90重量%～100重量%。藉由將黏著劑層(1)中之黏著劑之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。黏著劑層(1)所含有之黏著劑較佳為選自胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、丙烯酸系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑、聚矽氧系黏著劑中之至少1種，就能夠進一步表現出本發明之效果之觀點而言，更佳為選自胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、丙烯酸系黏著劑中之至少1種，進而較佳為胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。 [胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑] 胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑含有聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑中之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂之含有比率較佳為50重量%～100重量%，更佳為70重量%～100重量%，進而較佳為90重量%～100重量%，尤佳為95重量%～100重量%，最佳為98重量%～100重量%。藉由將胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑中之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑除了含有聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂以外，亦可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。作為聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。作為聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，較佳為由含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，或者由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。藉由採用如上述者作為聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂較佳為含有抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑等劣化防止劑。藉由使聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂含有劣化防止劑，即使於貼合在被黏著體上後於加溫狀態下保存亦難以於被黏著體上產生糊劑殘留等，能夠使糊劑殘留防止性優異。劣化防止劑可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為劣化防止劑，尤佳為抗氧化劑。作為抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：自由基鏈抑制劑、過氧化物分解劑等。作為自由基鏈抑制劑，例如可列舉：酚系抗氧化劑、胺系抗氧化劑等。作為過氧化物分解劑，例如可列舉：硫系抗氧化劑、磷系抗氧化劑等。作為酚系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：單酚系抗氧化劑、雙酚系抗氧化劑、高分子型酚系抗氧化劑等。作為單酚系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：2,6-二第三丁基對甲酚、丁基化羥基苯甲醚、2,6-二第三丁基-4-乙基苯酚、β-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸硬脂醇酯等。作為雙酚系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-乙基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、4,4'-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、4,4'-亞丁基雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、3,9-雙[1,1-二甲基-2-[β-(3-第三丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙醯氧基]乙基]2,4,8,10-四氧雜螺[5,5]十一烷等。作為高分子型酚系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：1,1,3-三(2-甲基-4-羥基-5-第三丁基苯基)丁烷、1,3,5-三甲基-2,4,6-三(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苄基)苯、四[亞甲基-3-(3',5'-二第三丁基-4'-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]甲烷、雙[3,3'-雙(4'-羥基-3'-第三丁基苯基)丁酸]二醇酯、1,3,5-三(3',5'-二第三丁基-4'-羥基苄基)均三??-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)三酮、生育酚等。作為硫系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：3,3'-硫代二丙酸二月桂酯、3,3'-硫代二丙酸二肉豆蔻酯、3,3'-硫代二丙酸二硬脂酯等。作為磷系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：亞磷酸三苯酯、亞磷酸二苯酯異癸酯、亞磷酸苯酯二異癸酯等。作為紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑、苯并***系紫外線吸收劑、水楊酸系紫外線吸收劑、草醯苯胺系紫外線吸收劑、氰基丙烯酸酯系紫外線吸收劑、三??系紫外線吸收劑等。作為二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-十二烷氧基二苯甲酮、2,2'-二羥基-4-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2'-二羥基-4,4'-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基-5-磺基二苯甲酮、雙(2-甲氧基-4-羥基-5-苯甲醯基苯基)甲烷等。作為苯并***系紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：2-(2'-羥基-5'-甲基苯基)苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-5'-第三丁基苯基)苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-3',5'-二第三丁基苯基)苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-3'-第三丁基-5'-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-3',5'-二第三丁基苯基)5-氯苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-3',5'-二第三戊基苯基)苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-4'-辛氧基苯基)苯并***、2-[2'-羥基-3'-(3'',4'',5'',6'',-四氫鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基)-5'-甲基苯基]苯并***、2,2'-亞甲基雙[4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)-6-(2H-苯并***-2-基)苯酚]、2-(2'-羥基-5'-甲基丙烯醯氧基苯基)-2H-苯并***等。作為水楊酸系紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對第三丁基苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯等。作為氰基丙烯酸酯系紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：2-氰基-3,3'-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、2-氰基-3,3'-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯等。作為光穩定劑，例如可列舉：受阻胺系光穩定劑、紫外線穩定劑等。作為受阻胺系光穩定劑，例如可列舉：癸二酸雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶酯)、癸二酸雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶酯)、癸二酸甲酯1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶酯等。作為紫外線穩定劑，例如可列舉：雙(辛基苯基)硫化鎳、[2,2'-硫代雙(4-第三辛基酚基)]-正丁基胺鎳、複合-3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苄基-磷酸單乙醇鎳、二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸鎳、苯甲酸酯型之猝滅劑、二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸鎳等。胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑亦可含有脂肪酸酯。脂肪酸酯可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。脂肪酸酯之數量平均分子量Mn較佳為200～400，更佳為210～395，進而較佳為230～380，尤佳為240～360，最佳為250～350。藉由將脂肪酸酯之數量平均分子量Mn調整在上述範圍內，能夠進一步提高潤濕速度。若脂肪酸酯之數量平均分子量Mn過小，則有即使增加添加份數，潤濕速度亦不會提高之虞。若脂肪酸酯之數量平均分子量Mn過大，則有乾燥時之黏著劑之硬化性變差，不僅潤濕特性而且對其他黏著特性產生不良影響之虞。作為脂肪酸酯，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之脂肪酸酯。作為此種脂肪酸酯，例如可列舉：聚氧乙烯雙酚A月桂酸酯、硬脂酸丁酯、棕櫚酸2-乙基己酯、硬脂酸2-乙基己酯、山萮酸單甘油酯、2-乙基己酸鯨蠟酯、豆蔻酸異丙酯、棕櫚酸異丙酯、異硬脂酸膽固醇酯、甲基丙烯酸月桂酯、椰油脂肪酸甲酯、月桂酸甲酯、油酸甲酯、硬脂酸甲酯、豆蔻酸肉豆蔻酯、豆蔻酸辛基十二烷基酯、季戊四醇單油酸酯、季戊四醇單硬脂酸酯、季戊四醇四棕櫚酸酯、硬脂酸硬脂酯、硬脂酸異十三烷基酯、2-乙基己酸三甘油酯、月桂酸丁酯、油酸辛酯等。關於製備胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑時之脂肪酸酯之調配比率，例如相對於多元醇(A)較佳為5重量%～50重量%，更佳為7重量%～45重量%，進而較佳為8重量%～40重量%，尤佳為9重量%～35重量%，最佳為10重量%～30重量%。胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑亦可包含含有氟有機陰離子之離子性液體。藉由使胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑包含含有氟有機陰離子之離子性液體，能夠提供抗靜電性非常優異之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。離子性液體可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。於本發明中，離子性液體係指在25℃下呈液狀之熔融鹽(離子性化合物)。作為離子性液體，只要為含有氟有機陰離子之離子性液體，則可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之離子性液體。作為此種離子性液體，較佳為由氟有機陰離子與鎓陽離子構成之離子性液體。藉由採用由氟有機陰離子與鎓陽離子構成之離子性液體作為離子性液體，能夠提供抗靜電性極優異之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。作為能夠構成離子性液體之鎓陽離子，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之鎓陽離子。作為此種鎓陽離子，較佳為選自含氮之鎓陽離子、含硫之鎓陽離子、含磷之鎓陽離子中之至少1種。藉由選擇該等鎓陽離子，能夠提供抗靜電性極優異之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。作為能夠構成離子性液體之鎓陽離子，較佳為選自具有通式(1)～(5)所表示之結構之陽離子中之至少1種。 [化1]通式(1)中，R_a 表示碳數4～20之烴基，可含有雜原子，R_b 和R_c 相同或不同，表示氫或碳數1～16之烴基，可含有雜原子。其中，於氮原子含有雙鍵之情形時，不存在R_c 。通式(2)中，R_d 表示碳數2～20之烴基，可含有雜原子，R_e 、R_f 及R_g 相同或不同，表示氫或碳數1～16之烴基，可含有雜原子。通式(3)中，R_h 表示碳數2～20之烴基，可含有雜原子，R_i 、R_j 及R_k 相同或不同，表示氫或碳數1～16之烴基，可含有雜原子。通式(4)中，Z表示氮原子、硫原子或磷原子，R_l 、R_m 、R_n 及R_o 相同或不同，表示碳數1～20之烴基，可含有雜原子。其中，於Z為硫原子之情形時，不存在R_o 。通式(5)中，X表示Li原子、Na原子或K原子。作為通式(1)所表示之陽離子，例如可列舉：吡啶鎓陽離子、吡咯啶鎓陽離子、哌啶鎓陽離子、具有吡咯啉骨架之陽離子、具有吡咯骨架之陽離子等。作為通式(1)所表示之陽離子之具體例，例如可列舉：1-乙基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-己基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-己基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-4-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3,4-二甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二甲基吡咯啶鎓陽離子等吡啶鎓陽離子；1-乙基-1-甲基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-丙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子等吡咯啶鎓陽離子；1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-戊基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-乙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-戊基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-己基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-庚基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-戊基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-己基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-庚基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-丙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二甲基哌啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二丁基哌啶鎓陽離子等哌啶鎓陽離子；2-甲基-1-吡咯啉陽離子；1-乙基-2-苯基吲哚陽離子；1,2-二甲基吲哚陽離子；1-乙基咔唑陽離子等。該等之中，就能夠更進一步表現本發明之效果之觀點而言，較佳為列舉：1-乙基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-己基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-己基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-4-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子等吡啶鎓陽離子；1-乙基-1-甲基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓陽離子等吡咯啶鎓陽離子；1-甲基-1-乙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-戊基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-己基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-庚基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-戊基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-己基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-庚基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-丙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子等哌啶鎓陽離子等，更佳為1-己基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子。作為通式(2)所表示之陽離子，例如可列舉：咪唑鎓陽離子、四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子等。作為通式(2)所表示之陽離子之具體例，例如可列舉：1,3-二甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1,3-二乙基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-辛基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-癸基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-十二烷基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-十四烷基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1,2-二甲基-3-丙基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-乙基-2,3-二甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-丁基-2,3-二甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-己基-2,3-二甲基咪唑鎓陽離子等咪唑鎓陽離子；1,3-二甲基-1,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3-三甲基-1,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3,5-四甲基-1,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子等四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子；1,3-二甲基-1,4-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,3-二甲基-1,6-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3-三甲基-1,4-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3-三甲基-1,6-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,4-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,6-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子等二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子等。該等之中，就能夠更進一步表現本發明之效果之觀點而言，較佳為1,3-二甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1,3-二乙基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-辛基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-癸基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-十二烷基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-十四烷基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子等咪唑鎓陽離子，更佳為1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子。作為通式(3)所表示之陽離子，例如可列舉：吡唑鎓陽離子、吡唑啉鎓陽離子等。作為通式(3)所表示之陽離子之具體例，例如可列舉：1-甲基吡唑鎓陽離子、3-甲基吡唑鎓陽離子、1-乙基-2-甲基吡唑鎓陽離子、1-乙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓陽離子、1-丙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓陽離子、1-丁基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓陽離子等吡唑鎓陽離子；1-乙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑啉鎓陽離子、1-丙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑啉鎓陽離子、1-丁基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑啉鎓陽離子等吡唑啉鎓陽離子等。作為通式(4)所表示之陽離子，例如可列舉：四烷基銨陽離子、三烷基鋶陽離子、四烷基鏻陽離子、上述烷基之一部分被烯基、烷氧基、進而環氧基取代而得者等。作為通式(4)所表示之陽離子之具體例，例如可列舉：四甲基銨陽離子、四乙基銨陽離子、四丁基銨陽離子、四戊基銨陽離子、四己基銨陽離子、四庚基銨陽離子、三乙基甲基銨陽離子、三丁基乙基銨陽離子、三甲基丙基銨陽離子、三甲基癸基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨陽離子、縮水甘油基三甲基銨陽離子、三甲基鋶陽離子、三乙基鋶陽離子、三丁基鋶陽離子、三己基鋶陽離子、二乙基甲基鋶陽離子、二丁基乙基鋶陽離子、二甲基癸基鋶陽離子、四甲基鏻陽離子、四乙基鏻陽離子、四丁基鏻陽離子、四己基鏻陽離子、四辛基鏻陽離子、三乙基甲基鏻陽離子、三丁基乙基鏻陽離子、三甲基癸基鏻陽離子、二烯丙基二甲基銨陽離子等。該等之中，就能夠更進一步表現本發明之效果之觀點而言，較佳為列舉：三乙基甲基銨陽離子、三丁基乙基銨陽離子、三甲基癸基銨陽離子、二乙基甲基鋶陽離子、二丁基乙基鋶陽離子、二甲基癸基鋶陽離子、三乙基甲基鏻陽離子、三丁基乙基鏻陽離子、三甲基癸基鏻陽離子等非對稱之四烷基銨陽離子；三烷基鋶陽離子、四烷基鏻陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨陽離子、縮水甘油基三甲基銨陽離子、二烯丙基二甲基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-丙基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-丁基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-戊基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-己基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-壬基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N,N-二丙基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-丙基-N-丁基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-己基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-丁基-N-己基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-丁基-N-庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-戊基-N-己基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N,N-二己基銨陽離子、三甲基庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-丙基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨陽離子、三乙基丙基銨陽離子、三乙基戊基銨陽離子、三乙基庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二丙基-N-甲基-N-乙基銨陽離子、N,N-二丙基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨陽離子、N,N-二丙基-N-丁基-N-己基銨陽離子、N,N-二丙基-N,N-二己基銨陽離子、N,N-二丁基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨陽離子、N,N-二丁基-N-甲基-N-己基銨陽離子、三辛基甲基銨陽離子、N-甲基-N-乙基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨陽離子等，更佳為三甲基丙基銨陽離子。作為能夠構成離子性液體之氟有機陰離子，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之氟有機陰離子。此種氟有機陰離子可完全被氟化(全氟化)，亦可被部分氟化。作為此種氟有機陰離子，例如可列舉：經氟化之芳基磺酸酯、全氟烷烴磺酸酯、雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、雙(全氟烷烴磺醯基)醯亞胺、氰基全氟烷烴磺醯基醯胺、雙(氰基)全氟烷烴磺醯基甲基化物、氰基-雙(全氟烷烴磺醯基)甲基化物、三(全氟烷烴磺醯基)甲基化物、三氟乙酸酯、全氟烷基化物、三(全氟烷烴磺醯基)甲基化物、(全氟烷烴磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺等。該等氟有機陰離子之中，更佳為全氟烷基磺酸酯、雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、雙(全氟烷烴磺醯基)醯亞胺，更具體而言，例如為三氟甲磺酸酯、五氟乙磺酸酯、七氟丙磺酸酯、九氟丁磺酸酯、雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺。作為離子性液體之具體例，可自上述陽離子成分與上述陰離子成分之組合中適當選擇使用。作為此種離子性液體之具體例，例如可列舉：1-己基吡啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓五氟乙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓七氟丙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓九氟丁磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二甲基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-乙基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二甲基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-乙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-己基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-庚基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-己基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-庚基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丁基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二甲基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-乙基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二甲基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-乙基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-己基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-庚基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-己基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-庚基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丙基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丁基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟乙酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓七氟丁酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓七氟丙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓九氟丁磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三(三氟甲磺醯基)甲基化物、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟乙酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓七氟丁酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓全氟丁磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,2-二甲基-3-丙基咪唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丁基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丁基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、1-丙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、1-丁基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、三甲基丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-丁基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-壬基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N,N-二丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-丁基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丁基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丁基-N-庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-戊基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N,N-二己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、三甲基庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N,N-庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、三乙基丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、三乙基戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、三乙基庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丙基-N-甲基-N-乙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丙基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丙基-N-丁基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丙基-N,N-二己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丁基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丁基-N-甲基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、三辛基甲基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N-甲基-N-乙基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丁基吡啶鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、四己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、二烯丙基二甲基銨三氟甲磺酸酯、二烯丙基二甲基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、二烯丙基二甲基銨雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨三氟甲磺酸酯、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、縮水甘油基三甲基銨三氟甲磺酸酯、縮水甘油基三甲基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、縮水甘油基三甲基銨雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、二烯丙基二甲基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、二烯丙基二甲基雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、鋰雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、鋰雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺等。該等離子性液體之中，更佳為1-己基吡啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓五氟乙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓七氟丙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓九氟丁磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓七氟丙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、三甲基丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、鋰雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、鋰雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺。離子性液體可使用市售品，亦可以如下方式進行合成。作為離子性液體之合成方法，只要可獲得目標離子性液體則無特別限定，一般可使用如文獻「離子性液體-開發之最前線與未來-」(CMC股份有限公司出版發行)中記載之鹵化物法、氫氧化物法、酸酯法、錯合物形成法及中和法等。以下，對於鹵化物法、氫氧化物法、酸酯法、錯合物形成法及中和法，以含氮鎓鹽為例，示出其合成方法，關於其他含硫鎓鹽、含磷鎓鹽等其他離子性液體，亦可藉由同樣之方法獲得。鹵化物法係藉由如反應式(1)～(3)所示之反應而進行之方法。首先，使三級胺與鹵化烷基反應而獲得鹵化物(反應式(1)，作為鹵素，可使用氯、溴、碘)。使所獲得之鹵化物與具有目標離子性液體之陰離子結構(A^- )之酸(HA)或者鹽(MA、M係與銨、鋰、鈉、鉀等目標陰離子形成鹽之陽離子)反應而獲得目標離子性液體(R₄ NA)。 [化2]氫氧化物法係藉由如反應式(4)～(8)所示之反應而進行之方法。首先，使鹵化物(R₄ NX)藉由離子交換膜法電解(反應式(4))、OH型離子交換樹脂法(反應式(5))或與氧化銀(Ag₂ O)之反應(反應式(6))而獲得氫氧化物(R₄ NOH)(作為鹵素，可使用氯、溴、碘)。對於所獲得之氫氧化物，與上述鹵化法同樣，藉由使用反應式(7)～(8)之反應而獲得目標離子性液體(R₄ NA)。 [化3]酸酯法係藉由如反應式(9)～(11)所示之反應而進行之方法。首先，使三級胺(R₃ N)與酸酯反應而獲得酸酯物(反應式(9)，作為酸酯，可使用硫酸、亞硫酸、磷酸、亞磷酸、碳酸等無機酸之酯、甲磺酸、甲基膦酸、甲酸等有機酸之酯等)。對於所獲得之酸酯物，與上述鹵化法同樣，藉由使用反應式(10)～(11)之反應，可獲得目標離子性液體(R₄ NA)。又，藉由使用甲基三氟甲磺酸酯、甲基三氟乙酸酯等作為酸酯，亦可直接獲得離子性液體。 [化4]中和法係藉由如反應式(12)所示之反應而進行之方法。藉由使三級胺與CF₃ COOH、CF₃ SO₃ H、(CF₃ SO₂ )₂ NH、(CF₃ SO₂ )₃ CH、(C₂ F₅ SO₂ )₂ NH等有機酸反應來獲得。 [化5]上述反應式(1)～(12)中記載之R表示氫或碳數1～20之烴基，可含有雜原子。作為離子性液體之調配量，根據所使用之聚合物與離子性液體之相容性而變化，因此無法一概而論，通常，相對於聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂100重量份，較佳為0.001重量份～50重量份，更佳為0.01重量份～40重量份，進而較佳為0.01重量份～30重量份，尤佳為0.01重量份～20重量份，最佳為0.01重量份～10重量份。藉由將離子性液體之調配量調整在上述範圍內，能夠提供抗靜電性非常優異之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。若離子性液體之上述調配量未達0.01重量份，則有無法獲得充分之抗靜電特性之虞。若離子性液體之上述調配量超過50重量份，則有對被黏著體之污染增加之傾向。胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑亦可含有改性聚矽氧油。藉由使胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑含有改性聚矽氧油，可更有效地表現本發明之效果。於胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑含有改性聚矽氧油之情形時，相對於聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂100重量份，其含有比率較佳為0.001重量份～50重量份，更佳為0.01重量份～40重量份，進而較佳為0.01重量份～30重量份，尤佳為0.01重量份～20重量份，最佳為0.01重量份～10重量份。藉由將改性聚矽氧油之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，可更有效地表現本發明之效果。作為改性聚矽氧油，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之改性聚矽氧油。作為此種改性聚矽氧油，例如可列舉可自信越化學工業股份有限公司獲取之改性聚矽氧油。作為改性聚矽氧油，較佳為聚醚改性聚矽氧油。藉由採用聚醚改性聚矽氧油，可更有效地表現本發明之效果。作為聚醚改性聚矽氧油，可列舉：側鏈型聚醚改性聚矽氧油、兩末端型聚醚改性聚矽氧油等。該等之中，就可進一步充分表現本發明之效果之觀點而言，較佳為兩末端型聚醚改性聚矽氧油。 (由含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂) 關於由含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，具體而言，較佳為使含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物硬化而獲得之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。多元醇(A)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為多元醇(A)，例如較佳為列舉：聚酯多元醇、聚醚多元醇、聚己內酯多元醇、聚碳酸酯多元醇、蓖麻油系多元醇。作為多元醇(A)，更佳為聚醚多元醇。作為聚酯多元醇，例如可藉由多元醇成分與酸成分之酯化反應來獲得。作為多元醇成分，例如可列舉：乙二醇、二乙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、新戊二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、2,4-二乙基-1,5-戊二醇、1,2-己二醇、1,6-己二醇、1,8-辛二醇、1,9-壬二醇、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇、1,8-癸二醇、十八烷二醇、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、己三醇、聚丙二醇等。作為酸成分，例如可列舉：琥珀酸、甲基琥珀酸、己二酸、庚二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、1,12-十二烷二酸、1,14-十四烷二酸、二聚酸、2-甲基-1,4-環己烷二羧酸、2-乙基-1,4-環己烷二羧酸、對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、鄰苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、1,4-萘二羧酸、4,4'-聯苯二羧酸、該等之酸酐等。作為聚醚多元醇，例如可列舉：以水、低分子多元醇(丙二醇、乙二醇、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇等)、雙酚類(雙酚A等)、二羥基苯(鄰苯二酚、間苯二酚、氫醌等)等作為起始劑使環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷、環氧丁烷等環氧烷進行加成聚合而獲得之聚醚多元醇。具體而言，例如可列舉：聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚丁二醇等。作為聚己內酯多元醇，例如可列舉藉由ε-己內酯、σ-戊內酯等環狀酯單體之開環聚合而獲得之己內酯系聚酯二醇等。作為聚碳酸酯多元醇，例如可列舉：使上述多元醇成分與碳醯氯進行縮聚反應而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述多元醇成分與碳酸二甲酯、碳酸二乙酯、碳酸二丙酯、碳酸二異丙酯、碳酸二丁酯、碳酸乙丁酯、碳酸乙二酯、碳酸丙二酯、碳酸二苯酯、碳酸二苄酯等碳酸二酯類進行酯交換縮合而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；將上述多元醇成分併用2種以上而獲得之共聚合聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與含羧基化合物進行酯化反應而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與含羥基化合物進行醚化反應而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與酯化合物進行酯交換反應而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與含羥基化合物進行酯交換反應而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與二羧酸化合物進行縮聚反應而獲得之聚酯系聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與環氧烷進行共聚合而獲得之共聚合聚醚系聚碳酸酯多元醇等。作為蓖麻油系多元醇，例如可列舉使蓖麻油脂肪酸與上述多元醇成分進行反應而獲得之蓖麻油系多元醇。具體而言，例如可列舉使蓖麻油脂肪酸與聚丙二醇進行反應而獲得之蓖麻油系多元醇。多元醇(A)之數量平均分子量Mn較佳為400～20000，更佳為500～17000，進而較佳為600～15000，尤佳為800～12000。藉由將多元醇(A)之數量平均分子量Mn調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。作為多元醇(A)，較佳為含有具有3個OH基之數量平均分子量Mn為8000～20000之多元醇(A1)。多元醇(A1)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。多元醇(A)中之多元醇(A1)之含有比率較佳為70重量%以上，更佳為70重量%～100重量%，進而較佳為70重量%～90重量%。藉由將多元醇(A)中之多元醇(A1)之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。多元醇(A1)之數量平均分子量Mn較佳為8000～20000，更佳為8000～18000，進而較佳為8500～17000，進而較佳為9000～16000，尤佳為9500～15500，最佳為10000～15000。藉由將多元醇(A1)之數量平均分子量Mn調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。多元醇(A)可含有具有3個以上OH基之數量平均分子量Mn為5000以下之多元醇(A2)。多元醇(A2)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。多元醇(A2)之數量平均分子量Mn較佳為500～5000，更佳為800～4500，進而較佳為1000～4000，尤佳為1000～3500，最佳為1000～3000。若多元醇(A2)之數量平均分子量Mn不在上述範圍內，則有特別是黏著力之經時上升性升高之虞，有無法表現出優異之再加工性之虞。作為多元醇(A2)，較佳為列舉：具有3個OH基之多元醇(三元醇)、具有4個OH基之多元醇(四元醇)、具有5個OH基之多元醇(五元醇)、具有6個OH基之多元醇(六元醇)。對於作為多元醇(A2)之具有4個OH基之多元醇(四元醇)、具有5個OH基之多元醇(五元醇)、具有6個OH基之多元醇(六元醇)中之至少1種之合計量以多元醇(A)中之含有比率計，較佳為10重量%以下，更佳為7重量%以下，進而較佳為6重量%以下，尤佳為5重量%以下。藉由於多元醇(A)中將作為多元醇(A2)之具有4個OH基之多元醇(四元醇)、具有5個OH基之多元醇(五元醇)、具有6個OH基之多元醇(六元醇)中之至少1種調整在上述範圍，可提供透明性更優異之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。多元醇(A)中之多元醇(A2)之含有比率較佳為30重量%以下，更佳為0重量%～30重量%。藉由將多元醇(A)中之多元醇(A2)之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。多元醇(A2)中之具有4個以上OH基之數量平均分子量Mn為5000以下之多元醇之含有比率相對於多元醇(A)整體，較佳為未達10重量%，更佳為8重量%以下，進而較佳為7重量%以下，尤佳為6重量%以下，最佳為5重量%以下。若多元醇(A2)中之具有4個以上OH基之數量平均分子量Mn為5000以下之多元醇之含有比率相對於多元醇(A)整體為10重量%以上，則有胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑變得容易白化，導致透明性降低之虞。多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)，可採用能夠用於胺基甲酸酯化反應之任意適當之多官能異氰酸酯化合物。作為此種多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)，例如可列舉：多官能脂肪族系異氰酸酯化合物、多官能脂環族系異氰酸酯、多官能芳香族系異氰酸酯化合物等。作為多官能脂肪族系異氰酸酯化合物，例如可列舉：三亞甲基二異氰酸酯、四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、五亞甲基二異氰酸酯、1,2-伸丙基二異氰酸酯、1,3-伸丁基二異氰酸酯、十二亞甲基二異氰酸酯、2,4,4-三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等。作為多官能脂環族系異氰酸酯化合物，例如可列舉：1,3-環戊烯二異氰酸酯、1,3-環己烷二異氰酸酯、1,4-環己烷二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、氫化二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、氫化苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、氫化甲苯二異氰酸酯、氫化四甲基苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等。作為多官能芳香族系二異氰酸酯化合物，例如可列舉：伸苯基二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,2'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、4,4'-甲苯胺二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯醚二異氰酸酯、4,4'-聯苯二異氰酸酯、1,5-萘二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等。作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)，亦可列舉：如上所述之各種多官能異氰酸酯化合物之三羥甲基丙烷加成物、與水反應獲得之縮二脲體、具有異氰尿酸酯環之三聚物等。又，亦可將該等併用。多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計較佳為2.0以下，更佳為0.1～1.9，進而較佳為0.2～1.8，尤佳為0.3～1.7，最佳為0.5～1.6。藉由將NCO基/OH基之當量比調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。關於多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之含有比率，相對於多元醇(A)，多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)較佳為1.0重量%～20重量%，更佳為1.5重量%～19重量%，進而較佳為2.0重量%～18重量%，尤佳為2.3重量%～17重量%，最佳為2.5重量%～16重量%。藉由將多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。具體而言，聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂較佳為使含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物硬化而形成。作為使含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物硬化而形成聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂之方法，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用使用塊狀聚合或溶液聚合等之胺基甲酸酯化反應方法等任意適當之方法。為了使含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物硬化，較佳為使用觸媒。作為此種觸媒，例如可列舉：有機金屬系化合物、三級胺化合物等。作為有機金屬系化合物，例如可列舉：鐵系化合物、錫系化合物、鈦系化合物、鋯系化合物、鉛系化合物、鈷系化合物、鋅系化合物等。該等之中，就反應速度與黏著劑層之適用期之觀點而言，較佳為鐵系化合物、錫系化合物。作為鐵系化合物，例如可列舉：乙醯丙酮酸鐵、2-乙基己酸鐵等。作為錫系化合物，例如可列舉：二丁基二氯化錫、二丁基氧化錫、二丁基二溴化錫、二丁基順丁烯二酸錫、二丁基二月桂酸錫、二丁基二乙酸錫、二丁基硫化錫、三丁基甲醇錫、三丁基乙酸錫、三乙基乙醇錫、三丁基乙醇錫、二辛基氧化錫、二辛基二月桂酸錫、三丁基氯化錫、三丁基三氯乙酸錫、2-乙基己酸錫等。作為鈦系化合物，例如可列舉：二丁基二氯化鈦、鈦酸四丁酯、丁氧基三氯化鈦等。作為鋯系化合物，例如可列舉：環烷酸鋯、乙醯丙酮酸鋯等。作為鉛系化合物，例如可列舉：油酸鉛、2-乙基己酸鉛、苯甲酸鉛、環烷酸鉛等。作為鈷系化合物，例如可列舉：2-乙基己酸鈷、苯甲酸鈷等。作為鋅系化合物，例如可列舉：環烷酸鋅、2-乙基己酸鋅等。作為三級胺化合物，例如可列舉：三乙基胺、三伸乙基二胺、1,8-二氮雜雙環-(5,4,0)-十一烯-7等。觸媒可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。又，亦可併用觸媒與交聯延遲劑等。觸媒之量相對於多元醇(A)，較佳為0.02重量%～0.10重量%，更佳為0.02重量%～0.08重量%，進而較佳為0.02重量%～0.06重量%，尤佳為0.02重量%～0.05重量%。藉由將觸媒之量調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。於含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物中，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。 (由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂) 由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂只要為使用所謂「胺基甲酸酯預聚物」作為原料而獲得之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，則可採用任意適當之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。關於由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，例如可列舉由含有作為胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)之聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)之聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇較佳為使聚酯多元醇(a1)與聚醚多元醇(a2)在觸媒存在下或無觸媒之條件下與有機多異氰酸酯化合物(a3)反應而成者。作為聚酯多元醇(a1)，可使用任意適當之聚酯多元醇。作為此種聚酯多元醇(a1)，例如可列舉使酸成分與二醇成分反應而獲得之聚酯多元醇。作為酸成分，例如可列舉：對苯二甲酸、己二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、鄰苯二甲酸酐、間苯二甲酸、偏苯三酸等。作為二醇成分，例如可列舉：乙二醇、丙二醇、二乙二醇、丁二醇、1,6-己二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、3,3'-二羥甲基庚烷、聚氧乙二醇、聚氧丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、新戊二醇、丁基乙基戊二醇，作為多元醇成分，可列舉：甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇等。作為聚酯多元醇(a1)，此外亦可列舉使聚己內酯、聚(β-甲基-γ-戊內酯)、聚戊內酯等內酯類進行開環聚合而獲得之聚酯多元醇等。作為聚酯多元醇(a1)之分子量，自低分子量至高分子量均可使用。作為聚酯多元醇(a1)之分子量，數量平均分子量較佳為500～5000。若數量平均分子量未達500，則有反應性提高，變得容易凝膠化之虞。若數量平均分子量超過5000，則有反應性降低，進而聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇自身之凝聚力減小之虞。聚酯多元醇(a1)之使用量於構成聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇之多元醇中較佳為10～90莫耳%。作為聚醚多元醇(a2)，可使用任意適當之聚醚多元醇。作為此種聚醚多元醇(a2)，例如可列舉：藉由使用水、丙二醇、乙二醇、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷等低分子量多元醇作為起始劑，使環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷、環氧丁烷、四氫呋喃等環氧乙烷化合物聚合而獲得之聚醚多元醇。作為此種聚醚多元醇(a2)，具體而言，例如可列舉：聚丙二醇、聚乙二醇、聚丁二醇等官能基數為2以上之聚醚多元醇。作為聚醚多元醇(a2)之分子量，自低分子量至高分子量均可使用。作為聚醚多元醇(a2)之分子量，數量平均分子量較佳為1000～5000。若數量平均分子量未達1000，則有反應性提高，變得容易凝膠化之虞。若數量平均分子量超過5000，則有反應性降低，進而聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇自身之凝聚力減小之虞。聚醚多元醇(a2)之使用量於構成聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇之多元醇中較佳為20莫耳%～80莫耳%。聚醚多元醇(a2)可視需要將其一部分取代為乙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、新戊二醇、丁基乙基戊二醇、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇等二醇類、乙二胺、N-胺基乙基乙醇胺、異佛爾酮二胺、苯二甲基二胺等多元胺類等而併用。作為聚醚多元醇(a2)，可僅使用2官能性之聚醚多元醇，亦可部分使用或全部使用數量平均分子量為1000～5000且1分子中具有至少3個以上羥基之聚醚多元醇。若部分使用或全部使用平均分子量為1000～5000且1分子中具有至少3個以上羥基之聚醚多元醇作為聚醚多元醇(a2)，則可使黏著力與再剝離性之平衡性良好。於此種聚醚多元醇中，若數量平均分子量未達1000，則有反應性提高，變得容易凝膠化之虞。又，於此種聚醚多元醇中，若數量平均分子量超過5000，則有反應性降低，進而聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇自身之凝聚力減小之虞。此種聚醚多元醇之數量平均分子量更佳為2500～3500。作為有機多異氰酸酯化合物(a3)，可使用任意適當之有機多異氰酸酯化合物。作為此種有機多異氰酸酯化合物(a3)，例如可列舉：芳香族多異氰酸酯、脂肪族多異氰酸酯、芳香脂肪族多異氰酸酯、脂環族多異氰酸酯等。作為芳香族多異氰酸酯，例如可列舉：1,3-伸苯基二異氰酸酯、4,4'-聯苯二異氰酸酯、1,4-苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-甲苯胺二異氰酸酯、2,4,6-三異氰酸酯基甲苯、1,3,5-三異氰酸酯基苯、二苯甲醚二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯醚二異氰酸酯、4,4',4''-三苯基甲烷三異氰酸酯等。作為脂肪族多異氰酸酯，例如可列舉：三亞甲基二異氰酸酯、四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、五亞甲基二異氰酸酯、1,2-伸丙基二異氰酸酯、2,3-伸丁基二異氰酸酯、1,3-伸丁基二異氰酸酯、十二亞甲基二異氰酸酯、2,4,4-三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等。作為芳香脂肪族多異氰酸酯，例如可列舉：ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯基-1,3-二甲基苯、ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯基-1,4-二甲基苯、ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯基-1,4-二乙基苯、1,4-四甲基苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、1,3-四甲基苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等。作為脂環族多異氰酸酯，例如可列舉：3-異氰酸酯基甲基-3,5,5-三甲基環己基異氰酸酯、1,3-環戊烷二異氰酸酯、1,3-環己烷二異氰酸酯、1,4-環己烷二異氰酸酯、甲基-2,4-環己烷二異氰酸酯、甲基-2,6-環己烷二異氰酸酯、4,4'-亞甲基雙(環己基異氰酸酯)、1,4-雙(異氰酸酯基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(異氰酸酯基甲基)環己烷等。作為有機多異氰酸酯化合物(a3)，亦可併用三羥甲基丙烷加成物、與水反應獲得之縮二脲體、具有異氰尿酸酯環之三聚物等。作為於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時可使用之觸媒，可使用任意適當之觸媒。作為此種觸媒，例如可列舉：三級胺系化合物、有機金屬系化合物等。作為三級胺系化合物，例如可列舉：三乙胺、三伸乙基二胺、1,8-二氮雜雙環(5,4,0)-十一烯-7(DBU)等。作為有機金屬系化合物，例如可列舉：錫系化合物、非錫系化合物等。作為錫系化合物，例如可列舉：二丁基二氯化錫、二丁基氧化錫、二丁基二溴化錫、二丁基二順丁烯二酸錫、二丁基二月桂酸錫(DBTDL)、二丁基二乙酸錫、二丁基硫化錫、三丁基硫化錫、三丁基氧化錫、三丁基乙酸錫、三乙基乙醇錫、三丁基乙醇錫、二辛基氧化錫、三丁基氯化錫、三丁基三氯乙酸錫、2-乙基己酸錫等。作為非錫系化合物，例如可列舉：二丁基二氯化鈦、鈦酸四丁酯、丁氧基三氯化鈦等鈦系化合物；油酸鉛、2-乙基己酸鉛、苯甲酸鉛、環烷酸鉛等鉛系化合物；2-乙基己酸鐵、乙醯丙酮酸鐵等鐵系化合物；苯甲酸鈷、2-乙基己酸鈷等鈷系化合物；環烷酸鋅、2-乙基己酸鋅等鋅系化合物；環烷酸鋯等鋯系化合物等。於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時使用觸媒之情形時，在存在聚酯多元醇與聚醚多元醇之2種多元醇之體系中，由於其反應性之不同，故而單獨之觸媒之體系中容易產生凝膠化或反應溶液變渾濁之問題。因此，藉由於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時使用2種觸媒，容易控制反應速度、觸媒之選擇性等，從而能夠解決該等問題。作為此種2種觸媒之組合，例如可列舉三級胺/有機金屬系、錫系/非錫系、錫系/錫系，較佳為錫系/錫系，更佳為二丁基二月桂酸錫與2-乙基己酸錫之組合。其調配比以重量比計，2-乙基己酸錫/二丁基二月桂酸錫較佳為未達1，更佳為0.2～0.6。若調配比為1以上，則有因觸媒活性之平衡性導致容易凝膠化之虞。於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時使用觸媒之情形時，觸媒之使用量相對於聚酯多元醇(a1)、聚醚多元醇(a2)及有機多異氰酸酯化合物(a3)之合計量，較佳為0.01～1.0重量%。於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時使用觸媒之情形時，反應溫度較佳為未達100℃，更佳為85℃～95℃。若為100℃以上，則有難以控制反應速度、交聯結構之虞，有難以獲得具有特定分子量之聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇之虞。於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時亦可不使用觸媒。於該情況下，反應溫度較佳為100℃以上，更佳為110℃以上。又，於無觸媒之條件下獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時，較佳為反應3小時以上。作為獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇之方法，例如可列舉：1)將聚酯多元醇、聚醚多元醇、觸媒、有機多異氰酸酯之全部量添加至燒瓶中之方法；2)將聚酯多元醇、聚醚多元醇、觸媒添加至燒瓶中並滴加有機多異氰酸酯而添加之方法。作為獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇之方法，就控制反應之方面而言，較佳為2)之方法。於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時可使用任意適當之溶劑。作為此種溶劑，例如可列舉：甲基乙基酮、乙酸乙酯、甲苯、二甲苯、丙酮等。該等溶劑之中，較佳為甲苯。作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)，可應用上述者。於含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物中，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。作為製造由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂之方法，只要為使用所謂「胺基甲酸酯預聚物」作為原料來製造聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂之方法，則可採用任意適當之製造方法。胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)之數量平均分子量Mn較佳為1000～100000。胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計較佳為2.0以下，更佳為0.1～1.9，進而較佳為0.2～1.8，尤佳為0.3～1.7，最佳為0.5～1.6。藉由將NCO基/OH基之當量比調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。關於多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之含有比率，相對於胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)，多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)較佳為1.0重量%～10重量%，更佳為1.5重量%～9.5重量%，進而較佳為2.0重量%～9重量%，尤佳為2.3重量%～8.5重量%，最佳為2.5重量%～8重量%。藉由將多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 [丙烯酸系黏著劑] 丙烯酸系黏著劑含有丙烯酸系樹脂。於丙烯酸系黏著劑中之丙烯酸系樹脂之含有比率較佳為50重量%～100重量%，更佳為70重量%～100重量%，進而較佳為90重量%～100重量%，尤佳為95重量%～100重量%，最佳為98重量%～100重量%。藉由將丙烯酸系黏著劑中之丙烯酸系樹脂之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。丙烯酸系黏著劑除含有丙烯酸系樹脂以外，亦可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：丙烯酸系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。作為丙烯酸系樹脂，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之丙烯酸系樹脂。丙烯酸系黏著劑較佳為包含由如下組合物形成之丙烯酸系樹脂，該組合物含有：(a)烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(b)選自具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸中之至少1種、(c)選自多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑及環氧系交聯劑中之至少1種。於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(a)成分之含有比率較佳為85重量%～99.5重量%，更佳為90重量%～98.5重量%，進而較佳為92.5重量%～98重量%，尤佳為95重量%～97.5重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(a)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(b)成分之含有比率較佳為0.5重量%～15重量%，更佳為1.5重量%～10重量%，進而較佳為2重量%～7.5重量%，尤佳為2.5重量%～5重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(b)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(c)成分之含有比率較佳為1重量%～10重量%，更佳為1.5重量%～9重量%，進而較佳為2重量%～8重量%，尤佳為2.5重量%～7重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(c)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。作為烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中之烷基之碳數較佳為4～10，更佳為4～8。烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。作為具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸5-羥基戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-3-甲基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸7-羥基庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥基辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥基癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥基月桂酯、丙烯酸(4-羥基甲基環己基)甲酯。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑，例如可列舉：伸丁基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等低級脂肪族多異氰酸酯類；伸環戊基二異氰酸酯、伸環己基二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯等脂環族異氰酸酯類；2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等芳香族異氰酸酯類；三羥甲基丙烷/甲苯二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(商品名「CORONATE L」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)、三羥甲基丙烷/六亞甲基二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(商品名「CORONATE HL」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯之異氰尿酸酯體(商品名「CORONATE HX」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)等異氰酸酯加成物等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為環氧系交聯劑，例如可列舉：雙酚A、表氯醇型環氧系樹脂、伸乙基縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、甘油二縮水甘油醚、甘油三縮水甘油醚、1,6-己二醇縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、二縮水甘油基苯胺、二胺縮水甘油胺、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基間苯二甲胺(商品名「TETRAD-X」，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷(商品名「TETRAD-C」，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物可進而含有交聯觸媒。作為交聯觸媒，例如可列舉：鈦酸四正丁酯、鈦酸四異丙酯、乙醯丙酮鐵、丁基氧化錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫等金屬系交聯觸媒(特別是錫系交聯觸媒)等。此種交聯觸媒可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他單體。作為此種其他單體，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙酸乙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯腈等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：丙烯酸系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。關於丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)，藉由利用四氫呋喃溶劑之凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法測得之值較佳為10萬以上，更佳為10萬～300萬，進而較佳為20萬～200萬，尤佳為30萬～100萬。藉由將丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。丙烯酸系樹脂可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內利用任意適當之方法製造。作為此種方法，例如可列舉形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物之聚合反應。作為聚合反應之具體之聚合方法，例如可列舉：溶液聚合、乳化聚合、塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合、光聚合(活性能量線聚合)。就成本或生產性之觀點而言，尤佳為溶液聚合方法。作為溶液聚合方法，例如可列舉：將單體成分、聚合起始劑等溶解於溶劑中，加熱進行聚合，而獲得含有基礎聚合物之基礎聚合物溶液之方法。作為溶劑，例如可列舉：甲苯、苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類；乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯等酯類；正己烷、正庚烷等脂肪族烴類；環己烷、甲基環己烷等脂環式烴類；甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮等酮類等有機溶劑。溶劑可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為可於溶液聚合中使用之聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：過氧化物系聚合起始劑、偶氮系聚合起始劑。作為過氧化物系聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：過氧化碳酸酯、過氧化酮、過氧化縮酮、過氧化氫、過氧化二烷基、過氧化二醯基、過氧化酯等，更具體而言，可列舉：過氧化苯甲醯、第三丁基過氧化氫、過氧化二第三丁基、過氧化苯甲酸第三丁酯、過氧化二異丙苯、1,1-雙(過氧化第三丁基)-3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1,1-雙(過氧化第三丁基)環十二烷。作為偶氮系聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙-2-甲基丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸)二甲酯、2,2'-偶氮雙(4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈)、1,1'-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4,4-三甲基戊烷)、4,4'-偶氮雙-4-氰基戊酸、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-脒基丙烷)二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙[2-(5-甲基-2-咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙脒)二硫酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(N,N'-二亞甲基異丁基脒)鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙[N-(2-羧基乙基)-2-甲基丙脒]水合物。聚合起始劑可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。聚合起始劑之含量相對於構成基礎聚合物之單體成分總量(100重量份)，較佳為0.01重量份～5重量份，更佳為0.05重量份～3重量份。作為溶液聚合方法中加熱進行聚合時之加熱溫度，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內設定為任意適當之加熱溫度。作為此種加熱溫度，較佳為50～80℃。作為溶液聚合方法中加熱進行聚合時之加熱時間，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內設定為任意適當之加熱時間。作為此種加熱時間，較佳為1小時～24小時。 [橡膠系黏著劑] 作為橡膠系黏著劑，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用例如日本專利特開2015-074771號公報等中記載之公知之橡膠系黏著劑等任意適當之橡膠系黏著劑。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 [聚矽氧系黏著劑] 作為聚矽氧系黏著劑，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用例如日本專利特開2014-047280號公報等中記載之公知之聚矽氧系黏著劑等任意適當之聚矽氧系黏著劑。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 ≪剝離襯墊≫ 作為剝離襯墊，例如可列舉：紙、塑膠膜等基材(襯墊基材)之表面經聚矽氧處理之剝離襯墊，紙、塑膠膜等基材(襯墊基材)之表面經聚烯烴系樹脂層壓之剝離襯墊等。關於作為襯墊基材之塑膠膜，例如可列舉：聚乙烯膜、聚丙烯膜、聚丁烯膜、聚丁二烯膜、聚甲基戊烯膜、聚氯乙烯膜、氯乙烯共聚物膜、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯膜、聚胺基甲酸酯膜、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物膜等。關於作為襯墊基材之塑膠膜，較佳為聚乙烯膜。 ≪黏著劑層(2)≫ 黏著劑層(2)可藉由任意適當之製造方法來製造。作為此種製造方法，例如可列舉：將作為黏著劑層(2)之形成材料之組合物塗佈於剝離襯墊上，在剝離襯墊上形成黏著劑層(2)之方法。作為此種塗佈方法，例如可列舉：輥塗、凹版塗佈、反向塗佈、輥刷、噴霧塗佈、氣刀塗佈法、利用模嘴塗佈機等之擠出塗佈等。黏著劑層(2)之厚度較佳為1 μm～500 μm，更佳為2 μm～400 μm，進而較佳為5 μm～350 μm，尤佳為10 μm～300 μm。藉由將黏著劑層(2)之厚度調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。黏著劑層(2)中之黏著劑之含有比率較佳為50重量%量～100重量%，更佳為60重量%～100重%，進而較佳為70重量%～100重量%，尤佳為80重量%～100重量%，最佳為90重量%～100重量%。藉由將黏著劑層(2)中之黏著劑之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。黏著劑層(2)所含有之黏著劑較佳為丙烯酸系黏著劑。丙烯酸系黏著劑含有丙烯酸系樹脂。丙烯酸系黏著劑中之丙烯酸系樹脂之含有比率較佳為50重量%～100重量%，更佳為70重量%～100重量%，進而較佳為90重量%～100重量%，尤佳為95重量%～100重量%，最佳為98重量%～100重量%。藉由將丙烯酸系黏著劑中之丙烯酸系樹脂之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。丙烯酸系黏著劑除含有丙烯酸系樹脂以外，亦可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：丙烯酸系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。作為丙烯酸系樹脂，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之丙烯酸系樹脂。丙烯酸系黏著劑較佳為包含由如下組合物形成之丙烯酸系樹脂，該組合物含有：(a)烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(b)選自具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸中之至少1種、(c)選自多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑及環氧系交聯劑中之至少1種。於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(a)成分之含有比率較佳為85重量%～99.9重量%，更佳為90重量%～99.8重量%，進而較佳為92.5重量%～99.7重量%，尤佳為95重量%～99.6重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(a)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(b)成分之含有比率較佳為0.1重量%～15重量%，更佳為0.2重量%～10重量%，進而較佳為0.3重量%～7.5重量%，尤佳為0.4重量%～5重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(b)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(c)成分之含有比率較佳為0.01重量%～1.5重量%，更佳為0.02重量%～1.0重量%，進而較佳為0.03重量%～0.8重量%，尤佳為0.05重量%～0.7重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(c)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。作為烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中之烷基之碳數較佳為4～10，更佳為4～8。烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。作為具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸5-羥基戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-3-甲基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸7-羥基庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥基辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥基癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥基月桂酯、丙烯酸(4-羥基甲基環己基)甲酯。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑，例如可列舉：伸丁基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等低級脂肪族多異氰酸酯類、伸環戊基二異氰酸酯、伸環己基二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯等脂環族異氰酸酯類；2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等芳香族異氰酸酯類；三羥甲基丙烷/甲苯二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(商品名「CORONATE L」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)、三羥甲基丙烷/六亞甲基二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(商品名「CORONATE HL」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯之異氰尿酸酯體(商品名「CORONATE HX」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)等異氰酸酯加成物等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為環氧系交聯劑，例如可列舉：雙酚A、表氯醇型環氧系樹脂、伸乙基縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、甘油二縮水甘油醚、甘油三縮水甘油醚、1,6-己二醇縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、二縮水甘油基苯胺、二胺縮水甘油胺、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基間苯二甲胺(商品名「TETRAD-X」，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷(商品名「TETRAD-C」，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物可進而含有交聯觸媒。作為交聯觸媒，例如可列舉：鈦酸四正丁酯、鈦酸四異丙酯、乙醯丙酮鐵、丁基氧化錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫等金屬系交聯觸媒(特別是錫系交聯觸媒)等。此種交聯觸媒可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他單體。作為此種其他單體，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙酸乙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯腈等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：丙烯酸系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。關於丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)，藉由利用四氫呋喃溶劑之凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法測得之值較佳為100萬以上，更佳為110萬～250萬，進而較佳為120萬～230萬，尤佳為130萬～210萬。藉由將丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。丙烯酸系樹脂可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內利用任意適當之方法製造。作為此種方法，例如可列舉形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物之聚合反應。作為聚合反應之具體之聚合方法，例如可列舉：溶液聚合、乳化聚合、塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合、光聚合(活性能量射線聚合)。就成本或生產性之觀點而言，尤佳為溶液聚合方法。作為溶液聚合方法，例如可列舉：將單體成分、聚合起始劑等溶解於溶劑中，加熱進行聚合，獲得含有基礎聚合物之基礎聚合物溶液之方法。作為溶劑，例如可列舉：甲苯、苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類；乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯等酯類；正己烷、正庚烷等脂肪族烴類；環己烷、甲基環己烷等脂環式烴類；甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮等酮類等有機溶劑。溶劑可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為可於溶液聚合中使用之聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：過氧化物系聚合起始劑、偶氮系聚合起始劑。作為過氧化物系聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：過氧化碳酸酯、過氧化酮、過氧化縮酮、過氧化氫、過氧化二烷基、過氧化二醯基、過氧化酯等，更具體而言，可列舉：過氧化苯甲醯、第三丁基過氧化氫、過氧化二第三丁基、過氧化苯甲酸第三丁酯、過氧化二異丙苯、1,1-雙(過氧化第三丁基)-3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1,1-雙(過氧化第三丁基)環十二烷。作為偶氮系聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙-2-甲基丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸)二甲酯、2,2'-偶氮雙(4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈)、1,1'-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4,4-三甲基戊烷)、4,4'-偶氮雙-4-氰基戊酸、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-脒基丙烷)二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙[2-(5-甲基-2-咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙脒)二硫酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(N,N'-二亞甲基異丁基脒)鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙[N-(2-羧基乙基)-2-甲基丙脒]水合物。聚合起始劑可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。聚合起始劑之含量相對於構成基礎聚合物之單體成分總量(100重量份)，較佳為0.01重量份～5重量份，更佳為0.05重量份～3重量份。作為溶液聚合方法中加熱進行聚合時之加熱溫度，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內設定為任意適當之加熱溫度。作為此種加熱溫度，較佳為50～80℃。作為溶液聚合方法中加熱進行聚合時之加熱時間，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內設定為任意適當之加熱時間。作為此種加熱時間，較佳為1小時～24小時。 ≪≪附有表面保護膜之光學構件之製造方法≫≫ 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件之製造方法只要為能夠製成如下構成之附有表面保護膜之光學構件之方法，則可採用任意適當之方法，該附有表面保護膜之光學構件依序具有：光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，且該表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)，該表面保護膜之該黏著劑層(1)為光學構件側。本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件之製造方法例如較佳為於表面保護膜之貼合時，一面對表面保護膜施加張力一面將其貼合於光學構件。張力可根據表面保護膜之構成(例如厚度、形成材料、彈性模數、拉伸伸長率等)而適當設定。可藉由如上所述之操作進行製造。 [實施例] 以下，藉由實施例對本發明進行具體說明，但本發明不受該等實施例任何限定。另外，實施例等中之試驗及評價方法如下所述。再者，記載為「份」之情形時，只要無特別說明，則意指「重量份」，記載為「%」之情形時，只要無特別說明，則意指「重量%」。 [製造例1]：偏光板用黏著劑之製造向具備攪拌翼、溫度計、氮氣導入管、冷凝器之四口燒瓶中添加丙烯酸丁酯(日本觸媒股份有限公司製造)：99重量份、丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯(大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司製造)：1重量份、作為聚合起始劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)：0.1重量份、乙酸乙酯：100重量份，一面緩慢攪拌一面導入氮氣，將燒瓶內之液溫保持在55℃附近進行8小時聚合反應，製備重量平均分子量160萬之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液(50重量%)。將所獲得之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液(50重量%)利用乙酸乙酯稀釋至20重量%，向該溶液100重量份中加入作為交聯劑之CORONATE L(Nippon Polyurethane Industry股份有限公司製造)：0.1重量份並進行混合攪拌，製備丙烯酸系黏著劑溶液。 [製造例2]：偏光板之製造 (偏光元件之製作) 將聚合度2400、皂化度99.9%、厚度30 μm之聚乙烯醇膜浸漬於30℃之溫水中，一面使其膨潤，一面以聚乙烯醇膜之長度成為原長之2.0倍之方式進行單軸拉伸。繼而，將其浸漬於碘與碘化鉀之混合物(重量比＝0.5：8)之濃度為0.3重量%之水溶液(染色浴)中，一面以聚乙烯醇膜長度成為原長之3.0倍之方式進行單軸拉伸，一面將膜染色。然後，一面將其浸漬於硼酸5重量%、碘化鉀3重量%之水溶液(交聯浴1)中，一面以聚乙烯醇膜之長度成為原長之3.7倍之方式進行拉伸，其後，於60℃之硼酸4重量%、碘化鉀5重量%之水溶液(交聯浴2)中以聚乙烯醇膜之長度成為原長之6倍之方式進行拉伸。然後，利用碘化鉀3重量%之水溶液(碘含浸浴)進行碘離子含浸處理後，以60℃之烘箱乾燥4分鐘，獲得偏光元件。所獲得之偏光元件之厚度為12 μm。 (水系接著劑之製備) 將含有乙醯乙醯基之聚乙烯醇系樹脂(平均聚合度：1200、皂化度：98.5莫耳%、乙醯乙醯基化度：5莫耳%)於30℃之溫度條件下溶解於純水，調整為固形物成分濃度4%，獲得水系接著劑。 (偏光板之製造) 於厚度25 μm之三乙酸纖維素(TAC)上，以乾燥後之接著劑層之厚度成為80 nm之方式塗佈上述水系接著劑，獲得附有接著劑層之偏光元件保護膜。繼而，於23℃之溫度條件下，利用滾壓機在上述偏光元件之兩面貼合上述附有接著劑層之偏光元件保護膜，然後，於55℃下乾燥6分鐘，製作偏光板。上述偏光元件與上述附有接著劑層之偏光元件保護膜之貼合係以上述偏光元件與上述附有接著劑層之偏光元件保護膜之接著劑層相接之方式進行。如此製造偏光板。 [製造例3]：剝離襯墊之製造將製造例1中製造之偏光板用黏著劑分別塗佈於對一面實施了聚矽氧處理之厚度38 μm之包含聚酯樹脂之基材之聚矽氧處理面、及厚度50 μm之包含聚酯樹脂之基材之聚矽氧處理面上，以乾燥後之厚度成為20 μm之方式在乾燥溫度150℃、乾燥時間2分鐘之條件下進行硬化乾燥，形成黏著劑層。如此製造厚度38 μm之剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體、及厚度50 μm之剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體。 [製造例4]：附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板之製造於製造例2中獲得之偏光板之單側貼合製造例3中獲得之剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之黏著劑層側，製造附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板。剝離襯墊除外之附有黏著劑層之偏光板之厚度為82 μm。 [製造例5]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑組合物(U1)之製造添加作為多元醇(A)之具有3個OH基之多元醇即Preminol S3011(旭硝子股份有限公司製造，Mn＝10000)、具有3個OH基之多元醇即SANNIX GP-3000(三洋化成股份有限公司製造，Mn＝3000)、具有3個OH基之多元醇即SANNIX GP-1000(三洋化成股份有限公司製造，Mn＝1000)、作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之多官能脂環族系異氰酸酯化合物即CORONATE HX(Nippon Polyurethane Industry股份有限公司製造)、觸媒(日本化學產業股份有限公司製造，商品名：Nasemuiron)、作為劣化防止劑之Irganox 1010(BASF製造)、作為脂肪酸酯之肉豆蔻酸異丙酯(花王股份有限公司製造，商品名：EXCEPARL IPM，Mn＝270)或2-乙基己酸鯨蠟酯(日清奧利友集團股份有限公司製造，商品名：SALACOS 816T，Mn＝368)、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺(第一工業製藥股份有限公司製造，商品名：AS110)、兩末端型之聚醚改性聚矽氧油(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造，商品名：KF-6004)、及作為稀釋溶劑之乙酸乙酯，進行混合攪拌，而製造胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑組合物。調配份數記載於表1。 [製造例6]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑組合物(U2)之製造添加作為胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)之CYABINESH-109(TOYOCHEM 股份有限公司製造)、作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之多官能脂環族系異氰酸酯化合物即CORONATE HX(Nippon Polyurethane Industry股份有限公司製造)、及作為稀釋溶劑之甲苯，進行混合攪拌，製備胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑組合物(U2)。調配份數記載於表1。再者，除甲苯以外之各材料之調配份數均為固形物成分換算，甲苯之份數係指黏著劑中含有之全部溶劑之量。 [製造例7]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的丙烯酸系黏著劑組合物(Ac1)之製造向具備攪拌翼、溫度計、氮氣導入管、冷凝器之四口燒瓶中添加丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(日本觸媒股份有限公司製造)：100重量份、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(東亞合成股份有限公司製造)：4重量份、作為聚合起始劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)：0.2重量份、乙酸乙酯：156重量份，一面緩慢攪拌一面導入氮氣，將燒瓶內之液溫保持在65℃附近，進行6小時聚合反應，製備重量平均分子量55萬之丙烯酸系聚合物(Ac1P)之溶液(40重量%)。相對於獲得之重量平均分子量55萬之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液(Ac1P)(40重量%)，添加作為交聯劑之CORONATE HX(Nippon Polyurethane Industry股份有限公司製造)、觸媒(日本化學產業股份有限公司製造，商品名：Nasemuiron)、及作為稀釋溶劑之乙酸乙酯，進行混合攪拌，製造丙烯酸系黏著劑組合物(Ac1)。調配份數記載於表1。再者，除乙酸乙酯以外之各材料之調配份數均為固形物成分換算，乙酸乙酯之份數係指黏著劑中含有之全部溶劑之量。 [製造例8]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的丙烯酸系黏著劑組合物(Ac2)之製造向具備攪拌翼、溫度計、氮氣導入管、冷凝器之四口燒瓶中添加丙烯酸丁酯(日本觸媒股份有限公司製造)：95重量份、丙烯酸(東亞合成股份有限公司製造)：5重量份、作為聚合起始劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)：0.2重量份、乙酸乙酯：186重量份，一面緩慢攪拌一面導入氮氣，將燒瓶內之液溫保持在63℃附近，進行10小時聚合反應，製備重量平均分子量50萬之丙烯酸系聚合物(Ac2P)之溶液(35重量%)。相對於獲得之重量平均分子量50萬之丙烯酸系聚合物(Ac2P)之溶液(35重量%)，添加作為交聯劑之TETRAD C(三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)、觸媒(日本化學產業股份有限公司製造，商品名：Nasemuiron)、及作為稀釋溶劑之乙酸乙酯，進行混合攪拌，製造丙烯酸系黏著劑組合物(Ac2)。調配份數記載於表1。再者，除乙酸乙酯以外之各材料之調配份數均為固形物成分換算，乙酸乙酯之份數係指黏著劑中含有之全部溶劑之量。 [製造例9]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的橡膠系黏著劑組合物(G)之製造向Hybrar 5127(Kuraray股份有限公司製造)：100重量份中添加作為稀釋溶劑之甲苯，進行混合攪拌，製造橡膠系黏著劑組合物(G)。調配份數記載於表1。 [製造例10]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的聚矽氧系黏著劑組合物(S)之製造將加成反應型聚矽氧系黏著劑(商品名：X-40-3306，信越化學工業股份有限公司製造)及鉑系觸媒(商品名：CAT-PL-50T，信越化學工業股份有限公司製造)進行混合，製造聚矽氧系黏著劑組合物(S)。調配份數記載於表1。 [製造例11]：附有隔離膜之表面保護膜之製造將獲得之各種黏著劑組合物利用槽輥以乾燥後之厚度成為10 μm之方式塗佈於包含聚酯樹脂之基材「Lumirror S10」(厚度38 μm，東麗公司製造)上，於乾燥溫度130℃、乾燥時間30秒之條件下進行硬化乾燥。如此於基材上製作黏著劑層。繼而，於黏著劑層之表面貼合對一面實施了聚矽氧處理之厚度25 μm之包含聚酯樹脂之基材(隔離膜)之聚矽氧處理面，獲得附有隔離膜之表面保護膜。＜光學構件之起始剝離力P之測定＞對於由製造例4製造之附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板之與剝離襯墊相反側之面，以0.25 MPa之壓力貼合表面保護膜，製作附有表面保護膜之偏光板。將製作之附有表面保護膜之偏光板切割成寬25 mm、長80 mm之尺寸。再者，作為切割附有表面保護膜之偏光板之方法，使用裁斷機，但亦可利用超級切割機進行切斷。於23℃×50%RH之環境下放置24小時後，將附有表面保護膜之偏光板之剝離襯墊剝離，將切割成寬25 mm、長50 mm之尺寸之單面黏著帶(Nichiban公司製造，商品名「Cellotape(註冊商標)」)以端面露出1 mm之方式壓接於附有表面保護膜之偏光板之黏著劑層側，放置10秒鐘。然後，對於單面黏著帶，使用萬能拉伸試驗機(Minebea股份有限公司製造，製品名：TCM-1kNB)以剝離速度300 mm/min及6.0 m/min、剝離角度180°將單面黏著帶剝離，此時，將開始剝離時施加之最大應力作為起始剝離力(N/25 mm)。測定係於23℃×50%RH之環境下進行。＜剝離襯墊之起始剝離力Q之測定＞對於由製造例4製造之附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板之與剝離襯墊相反側之面，以0.25 MPa之壓力貼合表面保護膜，製作附有表面保護膜之偏光板。將製作之附有表面保護膜之偏光板切割成寬25 mm、長80 mm之尺寸。再者，作為切割附有表面保護膜之偏光板之方法，使用裁斷機，但亦可利用超級切割機進行切斷。於23℃×50%RH之環境下放置24小時後，將切割成寬25 mm、長50 mm之尺寸之單面黏著帶(Nichiban公司製造，商品名「Cellotape(註冊商標)」)以端面露出1 mm之方式壓接於附有表面保護膜之偏光板之剝離襯墊側，放置10秒鐘。然後，對於單面黏著帶，使用萬能拉伸試驗機(Minebea股份有限公司製造，製品名：TCM-1kNB)以剝離速度300 mm/min及6.0 m/min、剝離角度180°將單面黏著帶剝離，此時，將開始剝離時施加之最大應力作為起始剝離力(N/25 mm)。測定係於23℃×50%RH之環境下進行。於剝離襯墊之厚度為38 μm、剝離速度為300 mm/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力Q＝0.40 N/25 mm。於剝離襯墊之厚度為38 μm、剝離速度為6 m/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力Q＝1.23 N/25 mm。於剝離襯墊之厚度為50 μm、剝離速度為300 mm/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力Q＝1.99 N/25 mm。於剝離襯墊之厚度為50 μm、剝離速度為6 m/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力Q＝2.60 N/25 mm。＜表面保護膜之初始黏著力之測定＞將製造例11中獲得之附有隔離膜之表面保護膜切割成寬25 mm、長80 mm之尺寸，將隔離膜剝離。然後，將製造例4中獲得之附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板切割成寬70 mm、長100 mm，於與該剝離襯墊相反側之面上以0.25 MPa之壓力層壓表面保護膜之黏著劑層面，製作評價樣品。層壓後，於23℃×50%RH之環境下放置30分鐘，使用萬能拉伸試驗機(Minebea股份有限公司製造，製品名：TCM-1kNB)以剝離速度300 mm/min、剝離角度180度將表面保護膜剝離，此時，測定數值逐漸穩定之區域之黏著力。測定係於23℃×50%RH之環境下進行。＜表面保護膜之潤濕速度之測定＞將製造例11中獲得之附有隔離膜之表面保護膜切成寬2.5 cm、長10 cm，製成評價樣品。作為被黏著體，使用製造例4中獲得之附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板。於被黏著體之與剝離襯墊相反側之面上固定已將隔離膜剝離之評價樣品之黏著劑層側之寬度側之一端部，將未固定之寬度側之端部提起，測定自手放開至潤濕擴散100 mm為止之時間。(單位：秒/2.5 cm×10 cm)。根據所耗費之時間，算出潤濕速度(單位：cm² /秒)。＜重量平均分子量之測定＞製造例7、8中獲得之丙烯酸系聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)之測定係使用GPC裝置(東曹股份有限公司製造，HLC-8220GPC)進行。測定條件如下所述。再者，重量平均分子量係由聚苯乙烯換算值求出。樣品濃度：0.2重量%(THF溶液) 樣品注入量：10 μl溶離液 THF流速：0.6 ml/min 測定溫度：40℃ 樣品管柱：TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H(1根)+TSKgel SuperHZM-H(2根) 參考管柱：TSKgel SuperH-RC(1根) 檢測器：差示折射計(RI) [實施例1～15、比較例1～3] 按照表1所示之調配份數，將製造例11中獲得之附有隔離膜之表面保護膜切割成寬25 mm、長80 mm之尺寸，將隔離膜剝離。然後，將製造例4中獲得之附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板切割成寬70 mm、長100 mm，於與該剝離襯墊相反側之面以0.25 MPa之壓力層壓表面保護膜之黏著劑層面，獲得剝離襯墊/黏著劑層/光學構件/表面保護膜(黏著劑層/基材層)之構成之附有表面保護膜之光學構件(1)～(15)、(C1)～(C3)。將結果示於表1。 [表1] [產業上之可利用性] 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠使用於任意適當之用途。較佳為，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件可較佳地用於光學構件或電子構件之領域。The optical member to which the surface protective film is attached ≫≫ The optical member with the surface protective film of the present invention has a laminated body of the optical member and the surface protective film, and is provided on the opposite side of the optical member from the surface protective film An adhesive layer (2) and a release liner provided on the opposite side of the adhesive member (2) from the optical member, and the surface protection film comprises a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1), the surface protection The adhesive layer (1) of the film is the optical member side. The optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention has a laminate of an optical member and a surface protective film, an adhesive layer (2) provided on the opposite side of the optical member from the surface protective film, and the adhesive layer. (2) The release liner provided on the side opposite to the optical member may have any suitable other layer within the range not deteriorating the effects of the present invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optical member with a surface protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. In Fig. 1, the surface protective film-attached optical member 1000 of the present invention has a release liner 10, an adhesive layer (2) 20, an optical member 30, an adhesive layer (1) 40, and a substrate layer 50 in this order. The agent layer (1) 40 and the substrate layer 50 constitute a surface protective film 100. The thickness of the optical member is preferably from 1 μm to 500 μm, more preferably from 3 μm to 450 μm, still more preferably from 5 μm to 400 μm, still more preferably from 10 μm to 300 μm. The optical member with the surface protective film of the present invention can exhibit the following effects even when the thickness of the optical member is thin: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily combined with the release liner. Peeling from the surface protective film, that is, it is difficult to cause peeling at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The thickness of the surface protective film is preferably from 5 μm to 500 μm, more preferably from 10 μm to 450 μm, still more preferably from 15 μm to 400 μm, still more preferably from 20 μm to 300 μm. By adjusting the thickness of the surface protective film within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily combined with the release liner. Peeling from the surface protective film, that is, it is difficult to cause peeling at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The thickness of the release liner is preferably from 1 μm to 500 μm, more preferably from 3 μm to 450 μm, still more preferably from 5 μm to 400 μm, still more preferably from 10 μm to 300 μm. By adjusting the thickness of the release liner within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily combined with the release liner. Peeling from the surface protective film, that is, it is difficult to cause peeling at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. Regarding the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention, the initial peeling force P of the optical member from the laminated body of the optical member and the surface protective film is larger than the initial peeling force Q of the release liner from the laminated body. When the initial peeling force P is made larger than the initial peeling force Q, when the optical member with the surface protective film of the present invention is to peel off the release liner, the optical member is not easily peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner. That is, it is difficult to cause peeling at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The initial peeling force P/start peeling force Q is 1 or more. When the thickness of the release liner is 38 μm and the peeling speed is 300 mm/min, the initial peeling force P/starting peeling force Q is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 5 to 20, and still more preferably 6 ~15, especially good is 6 to 13. If the initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is within the above range, when the optical member with the surface protective film of the present invention is to peel off the release liner, the optical member is more difficult to be self-assembled with the release liner. The surface protective film is peeled off, that is, it is more difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. When the thickness of the release liner is 38 μm and the peeling speed is 6 m/min, the initial peeling force P/starting peeling force Q is preferably 2.1 or more, more preferably 2.1 to 20, and still more preferably 2.3. ~15, especially good for 2.5 to 10. If the initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is within the above range, when the optical member with the surface protective film of the present invention is to peel off the release liner, the optical member is more difficult to be self-assembled with the release liner. The surface protective film is peeled off, that is, it is more difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. When the thickness of the release liner is 50 μm and the peeling speed is 300 mm/min, the initial peeling force P/starting peeling force Q is preferably 1.01 or more, more preferably 1.01 to 10, and still more preferably 1.03. ～5, especially preferably 1.03~3. If the initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is within the above range, when the optical member with the surface protective film of the present invention is to peel off the release liner, the optical member is more difficult to be self-assembled with the release liner. The surface protective film is peeled off, that is, it is more difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. When the thickness of the release liner is 50 μm and the peeling speed is 6 m/min, the initial peeling force P/starting peeling force Q is preferably 1.05 or more, more preferably 1.05 to 10, and still more preferably 1.1. ~5, especially preferably 1.2 to 3. If the initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is within the above range, when the optical member with the surface protective film of the present invention is to peel off the release liner, the optical member is more difficult to be self-assembled with the release liner. The surface protective film is peeled off, that is, it is more difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining an initial peeling force P of an optical member from a laminate of the optical member and the surface protective film. As shown in FIG. 2, the initial peeling force P is an initial peeling force when the optical member 30 is peeled off from the laminated body of the optical member 30 and the surface protective film 100. The method for measuring the initial peeling force P will be described later. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining the initial peeling force Q of the release liner. As shown in FIG. 3, the initial peeling force Q is the initial peeling force when the release liner 10 is peeled off from the laminate of the release liner 10, the adhesive layer (2) 20, and the optical member 30. The method for measuring the initial peeling force Q will be described later. ≪Optical member ≫ As the optical member, any appropriate optical member can be employed without departing from the effects of the present invention. The optical member may be one layer or a plurality of layers. As such an optical member, a polarizing plate, a multilayer optical element including a polarizing plate, a phase difference plate, an LCD, a touch panel using an LCD or the like, a color filter used in an LCD, and the like are preferable. ≪Surface Protective Film ≫ The surface protective film comprises a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1). As long as the surface protective film contains the base material layer and the adhesive layer (1), any suitable other layer can be provided without departing from the effects of the present invention. The wetting speed of the surface protective film relative to the surface of the optical member is preferably 5 cm² / second or more, more preferably 7 cm² /second or more, and further preferably 8 cm² / second or more, especially 8.5 cm² / sec. When the wetting rate of the surface protective film with respect to the surface of the optical member is within the above range, the surface protective film is excellent in the wetting speed with respect to the surface of the optical member, and for example, it is difficult to form bubbles between the surface of the optical member and the surface protective film. The surface protective film can be produced by any suitable method. As such a production method, for example, it can be carried out by any appropriate method such as the following method: (1) A method of applying a solution or a hot melt of a material for forming an adhesive layer (1) to a substrate layer, (2) a method of applying the adhesive layer (1) coated in the form of a separator to the substrate layer according to the method of the above (1), and (3) extruding and coating the material for forming the adhesive layer (1) a method of forming a cloth on a substrate layer, (4) extruding a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1) in two or more layers, and (5) laminating a single layer of the adhesive layer (1) on a substrate a method on a layer or a method of laminating two layers of a laminate layer and an adhesive layer on a substrate layer, (6) forming a material layer of the adhesive layer (1) and a substrate layer such as a film or a laminate layer into two layers. Or a method of multilayer lamination. As the coating method, for example, a roll coating method, a notch wheel coating method, a die coating method, a reverse coating method, a screen method, a gravure coating method, or the like can be used. <Base material layer> The base material layer may be only one layer or two or more layers. The substrate layer can be an extender. The thickness of the substrate layer is preferably from 4 μm to 450 μm, more preferably from 8 μm to 400 μm, still more preferably from 12 μm to 350 μm, still more preferably from 16 μm to 250 μm. By adjusting the thickness of the base material layer within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily combined with the release liner. Peeling from the surface protective film, that is, it is difficult to cause peeling at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. For the surface of the base material layer where the adhesive layer (1) is not provided, in order to form a wound body or the like which is easy to rewind, for example, a fatty acid decylamine, a polyethylenimine, a long alkane group may be added to the base material layer. The additive or the like is subjected to a mold release treatment or a coating layer containing any appropriate release agent such as a polyfluorene-based, a long-alkane-based or a fluorine-based one. As the material of the substrate layer, any appropriate material can be used depending on the application. For example, plastic, paper, metal film, non-woven fabric, etc. are mentioned. It is preferably plastic. That is, the substrate layer is preferably a plastic film. The base material layer may be composed of one type of material, or may be composed of two or more types of materials. For example, it can be composed of two or more kinds of plastics. Examples of the plastic material include a polyester resin, a polyamide resin, and a polyolefin resin. Examples of the polyester resin include polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polyethylene naphthalate. Examples of the polyolefin-based resin include a homopolymer of an olefin monomer, a copolymer of an olefin monomer, and the like. Specific examples of the polyolefin-based resin include a homopolypropylene; a propylene-based copolymer such as a block system, a random system, or a graft system in which a vinyl component is used as a copolymerization component; Reactor-TPO; low density, High density, linear low density, ultra low density and other vinyl polymers; ethylene-propylene copolymer, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-methyl acrylate copolymer, ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer, ethylene-acrylic acid butyl An ethylene copolymer such as an ester copolymer, an ethylene-methacrylic acid copolymer or an ethylene-methyl methacrylate copolymer. The substrate layer may optionally contain any suitable additives. Examples of the additive which may be contained in the base layer include an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, an antistatic agent, a filler, a pigment, and the like. The kind, number, and amount of the additives which may be contained in the base material layer can be appropriately set depending on the purpose. In particular, when the material of the substrate layer is a plastic, it is preferable to contain a plurality of the above additives in order to prevent deterioration or the like. From the viewpoint of improving weather resistance and the like, examples of the additive include an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, and a filler. As the antioxidant, any appropriate antioxidant can be employed. Examples of such an antioxidant include a phenol-based antioxidant, a phosphorus-based processing heat stabilizer, a lactone-based processing heat stabilizer, a sulfur-based heat-resistant stabilizer, and a phenol-phosphorus-based antioxidant. The content ratio of the antioxidant is preferably 1% by weight or less, and more preferably 0.5% by weight or less based on the base resin of the base material layer (the base resin is the base resin when the base material layer is a blend). Further, it is preferably from 0.01% by weight to 0.2% by weight. As the ultraviolet absorber, any appropriate ultraviolet absorber can be used. Examples of such an ultraviolet absorber include a benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber, a tri-based ultraviolet absorber, and a benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber. The content ratio of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 2% by weight or less, more preferably 1% by weight based on the base resin forming the base material layer (the base resin is a base resin when the base material layer is a blend). % or less, further preferably 0.01% by weight to 0.5% by weight. As the light stabilizer, any appropriate light stabilizer can be employed. Examples of such a light stabilizer include a hindered amine light stabilizer and a benzoate light stabilizer. The content ratio of the light stabilizer is preferably 2% by weight or less, more preferably 1% by weight based on the base resin forming the base material layer (the base resin is the base resin when the base material layer is a blend). % or less, further preferably 0.01% by weight to 0.5% by weight. As the filler, any appropriate filler can be employed. As such a filler, an inorganic filler etc. are mentioned, for example. Specific examples of the inorganic filler include carbon black, titanium oxide, and zinc oxide. The content ratio of the filler is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 10% by weight based on the base resin forming the base material layer (the base resin is the base resin when the base material layer is a blend). Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.01% by weight to 10% by weight. Further, as the additive, in order to impart antistatic properties, an inorganic type, a low molecular weight type, and a high molecular weight type antistatic agent such as a surfactant, an inorganic salt, a polyhydric alcohol, a metal compound, and carbon are preferably used. In particular, from the viewpoint of contamination and maintaining adhesion, a high molecular weight antistatic agent and carbon are preferred. <Adhesive Layer (1)> The adhesive layer (1) can be produced by any appropriate manufacturing method. As such a production method, for example, a method in which a composition as a material for forming an adhesive layer (1) is applied onto a base material layer to form an adhesive layer (1) on a base material layer is exemplified. Examples of such a coating method include roll coating, gravure coating, reverse coating, roll brushing, spray coating, air knife coating, extrusion coating using a die coater, and the like. . The thickness of the adhesive layer (1) is preferably from 1 μm to 150 μm, more preferably from 2 μm to 140 μm, still more preferably from 3 μm to 130 μm, still more preferably from 4 μm to 120 μm. By adjusting the thickness of the adhesive layer (1) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that the optical member is less likely to be peeled off when the release liner is to be peeled off. The liner is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of the adhesive in the adhesive layer (1) is preferably from 50% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably from 60% by weight to 100% by weight, still more preferably from 70% by weight to 100% by weight, particularly preferably 80% by weight to 100% by weight, preferably 90% by weight to 100% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the adhesive in the adhesive layer (1) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: when peeling off the release liner, the optical The member is not easily peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The adhesive agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, a rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, and a polyoxynylene-based pressure-sensitive adhesive. From the viewpoint of exhibiting the effects of the present invention, it is more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive and an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, and more preferably a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive. [Carbamate-Based Adhesive] The urethane-based adhesive contains a polyurethane resin. The content ratio of the polyurethane resin in the urethane-based adhesive is preferably 50% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably 70% by weight to 100% by weight, still more preferably 90% by weight. It is preferably from 100% by weight to 100% by weight, particularly preferably from 98% by weight to 100% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the polyurethane resin in the urethane-based adhesive within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: When the release liner is peeled off, the optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protection film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. The urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive may contain any suitable other components in addition to the polyurethane resin, without departing from the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include a resin component other than the polyurethane resin, an adhesion-imparting agent, an inorganic filler, an organic filler, a metal powder, a pigment, a foil, a softener, and an anti-aging agent. , conductive agent, ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant, light stabilizer, surface lubricant, leveling agent, preservative, heat stabilizer, polymerization inhibitor, lubricant, solvent, catalyst, etc. As the polyurethane resin, any appropriate polyurethane resin can be used without departing from the effects of the present invention. The polyurethane resin is preferably a polyurethane resin formed from a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), or a urethane-containing resin. A polyurethane resin formed from a combination of the prepolymer (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). By using the above-described one as the polyurethane resin, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that the optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the release liner when the release liner is to be peeled off. The mat is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The polyurethane resin may contain any suitable other components within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include a resin component other than the polyurethane resin, an adhesion-imparting agent, an inorganic filler, an organic filler, a metal powder, a pigment, a foil, a softener, and an anti-aging agent. , conductive agent, ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant, light stabilizer, surface lubricant, leveling agent, preservative, heat stabilizer, polymerization inhibitor, lubricant, solvent, catalyst, etc. The polyurethane resin preferably contains a deterioration preventing agent such as an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, or a light stabilizer. By including the deterioration preventing agent in the polyurethane resin, even if it is stored in a heated state after being bonded to the adherend, it is difficult to cause a paste residue or the like on the adherend, and the paste residue can be caused. Excellent prevention. The deterioration preventing agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the deterioration preventing agent, an antioxidant is particularly preferable. Examples of the antioxidant include a radical chain inhibitor, a peroxide decomposing agent, and the like. Examples of the radical chain inhibitor include a phenol antioxidant and an amine antioxidant. Examples of the peroxide decomposing agent include a sulfur-based antioxidant and a phosphorus-based antioxidant. Examples of the phenolic antioxidant include a monophenolic antioxidant, a bisphenol antioxidant, and a polymeric phenol antioxidant. Examples of the monophenolic antioxidant include 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, butylated hydroxyanisole, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-ethylphenol, and β-. (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate stearyl ester or the like. Examples of the bisphenol-based antioxidant include 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol) and 2,2'-methylenebis(4-ethyl-). 6-tert-butylphenol), 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 4,4'-butylene bis(3-methyl-6-third Butylphenol), 3,9-bis[1,1-dimethyl-2-[β-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propanoxy]ethyl ] 2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5,5]undecane, and the like. Examples of the polymer phenol-based antioxidant include 1,1,3-tris(2-methyl-4-hydroxy-5-t-butylphenyl)butane and 1,3,5-trimethyl. -2,4,6-tris(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, tetrakis[methylene-3-(3',5'-di-t-butyl-4 '-Hydroxyphenyl)propionate]methane, bis[3,3'-bis(4'-hydroxy-3'-t-butylphenyl)butanoate]diol, 1,3,5-three (3',5'-di-t-butyl-4'-hydroxybenzyl)-tetra-?-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)trione, tocopherol, and the like. Examples of the sulfur-based antioxidant include dilaurin 3,3′-thiodipropionate, 3,3′-thiodipropionate dimyristate, and 3,3′-thiodipropionate II. Stearyl ester and the like. Examples of the phosphorus-based antioxidant include triphenyl phosphite, isodecyl phosphite, and diisononyl phenyl phosphite. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include a benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber, a benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber, a salicylic acid-based ultraviolet absorber, a oxalic acid-based ultraviolet absorber, and a cyanoacrylate-based ultraviolet absorber. Agent, three-way UV absorbers, etc. Examples of the benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxydiphenyl. Ketone, 2-hydroxy-4-dodecyloxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4' -dimethoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone, bis(2-methoxy-4-hydroxy-5-benzomethylphenyl) Methane, etc. Examples of the benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber include 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole and 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-tert-butyl group. Phenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-t-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl -5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-t-butylphenyl) 5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-p-pentylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-4'-octyloxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[ 2'-hydroxy-3'-(3'',4'',5'',6'',-tetrahydrophthalene iminemethyl)-5'-methylphenyl]benzotrien Azole, 2,2'-methylenebis[4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-6-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol], 2-( 2'-Hydroxy-5'-methacryloxyphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole and the like. Examples of the salicylic acid-based ultraviolet absorber include phenyl salicylate, p-tert-butylphenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and the like. Examples of the cyanoacrylate-based ultraviolet absorber include 2-cyano-3,3'-diphenyl 2-ethylhexyl acrylate and 2-cyano-3,3'-diphenyl acrylate B. Ester and the like. Examples of the light stabilizer include a hindered amine light stabilizer, an ultraviolet stabilizer, and the like. Examples of the hindered amine light stabilizer include bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl ester) sebacate and bis (1,2,2,6,6 azelaic acid). - pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl ester), methyl sebacate 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl ester and the like. Examples of the ultraviolet stabilizer include bis(octylphenyl)sulfide nickel, [2,2'-thiobis(4-trioctylphenol)]-n-butylamine nickel, and composite-3. 5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl-phosphate monoethanolic nickel, nickel dibutyldithiocarbamate, quencher of benzoate type, nickel dibutyldithiocarbamate Wait. The urethane-based adhesive may also contain a fatty acid ester. The fatty acid ester may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The number average molecular weight Mn of the fatty acid ester is preferably from 200 to 400, more preferably from 210 to 395, still more preferably from 230 to 380, still more preferably from 240 to 360, most preferably from 250 to 350. By adjusting the number average molecular weight Mn of the fatty acid ester within the above range, the wetting speed can be further increased. If the number average molecular weight Mn of the fatty acid ester is too small, the wetting speed does not increase even if the number of added portions is increased. When the number average molecular weight Mn of the fatty acid ester is too large, the hardenability of the adhesive at the time of drying is deteriorated, and not only the wetting property but also the other adhesive properties are adversely affected. As the fatty acid ester, any appropriate fatty acid ester can be employed within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of such a fatty acid ester include polyoxyethylene bisphenol A laurate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate, 2-ethylhexyl stearate, and behenic acid. Glyceryl ester, cetyl 2-ethylhexanoate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, cholesteryl isostearate, lauryl methacrylate, coconut fatty acid methyl ester, methyl laurate, oil Methyl ester, methyl stearate, myristyl myristate, octyl dodecyl myristate, pentaerythritol monooleate, pentaerythritol monostearate, pentaerythritol tetrapalmitate, stearyl stearate , isotridecyl stearate, triglyceride 2-ethylhexanoate, butyl laurate, octyl oleate and the like. The ratio of the fatty acid ester in the preparation of the urethane-based adhesive is, for example, preferably from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably from 7% by weight to 45% by weight, based on the polyol (A). It is preferably from 8% by weight to 40% by weight, particularly preferably from 9% by weight to 35% by weight, most preferably from 10% by weight to 30% by weight. The urethane-based adhesive may also contain an ionic liquid containing a fluorine organic anion. By including the urethane liquid containing a fluorine organic anion in the urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, it is possible to provide a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive which is excellent in antistatic property. The ionic liquid may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, the ionic liquid system means a molten salt (ionic compound) which is liquid at 25 °C. As the ionic liquid, any ionic liquid can be used without departing from the effects of the present invention as long as it is an ionic liquid containing a fluorine organic anion. As such an ionic liquid, an ionic liquid composed of a fluorine organic anion and a phosphonium cation is preferable. By using an ionic liquid composed of a fluorine organic anion and a phosphonium cation as an ionic liquid, it is possible to provide a urethane-based adhesive which is excellent in antistatic property. As the phosphonium cation which can constitute an ionic liquid, any appropriate phosphonium cation can be employed within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such a phosphonium cation, at least one selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing phosphonium cation, a sulfur-containing phosphonium cation, and a phosphorus-containing phosphonium cation is preferable. By selecting these phosphonium cations, it is possible to provide a urethane-based adhesive which is excellent in antistatic property. The onium cation which can constitute an ionic liquid is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of cations having a structure represented by the general formulae (1) to (5). [Chemical 1]In the general formula (1), R_a a hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom, R_b And R_c The same or different, it means hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and may contain a hetero atom. Wherein, in the case where the nitrogen atom contains a double bond, there is no R_c . In the general formula (2), R_d a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom, R_e , R_f And R_g The same or different, it means hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and may contain a hetero atom. In the general formula (3), R_h a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom, R_i , R_j And R_k The same or different, it means hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and may contain a hetero atom. In the formula (4), Z represents a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom, and R_l , R_m , R_n And R_o The same or different, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may contain a hetero atom. Wherein, when Z is a sulfur atom, there is no R_o . In the formula (5), X represents a Li atom, a Na atom or a K atom. Examples of the cation represented by the formula (1) include a pyridinium cation, a pyrrolidinium cation, a piperidinium cation, a cation having a pyrroline skeleton, a cation having a pyrrole skeleton, and the like. Specific examples of the cation represented by the formula (1) include 1-ethylpyridinium cation, 1-butylpyridinium cation, 1-hexylpyridinium cation, and 1-ethyl-3-methyl group. Pyridinium cation, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-hexyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-butyl-4-methylpyridinium cation, 1-octyl-4-methyl Pyridinium cations such as pyridinium cations, 1-butyl-3,4-dimethylpyridinium cations, 1,1-dimethylpyrrolidinium cations, 1-ethyl-1-methylpyrrolidinium cations , 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1- Hexylpyrrolidone cation, 1-methyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium cation, 1- Ethyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium cation, 1,1-dipropylpyrrolidinium cation , 1-propyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium cation, 1,1-dibutylpyrrolidine Pyrrolidinium cations such as cations; 1-propylpiperidinium cations, 1-pentylpiperidinium cations, 1-methyl-1-ethylpiperidinium cations, 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidine Ruthenium cation, 1-methyl-1-butylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-pentylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-hexylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1 - heptylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-propylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-butylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpiperidinium cation, 1-propyl-1-butylpiperidinium cation, 1,1-dimethylpiperidine a piperidinium cation such as a phosphonium cation, a 1,1-dipropyl piperidinium cation or a 1,1-dibutylpiperidinium cation; a 2-methyl-1-pyrroline cation; 1-ethyl-2- Phenylhydrazine cation; 1,2-dimethylhydrazine cation; 1-ethylcarbazole cation, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of further exhibiting the effects of the present invention, preferred are: 1-ethylpyridinium cation, 1-butylpyridinium cation, 1-hexylpyridinium cation, 1-B. 3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-hexyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-butyl-4-methylpyridinium cation, 1- Pyridinium cations such as octyl-4-methylpyridinium cation; 1-ethyl-1-methylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1- Butyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium cation, 1- Ethyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpyrrolidine a pyrrolidinium cation such as a phosphonium cation or a 1-ethyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium cation; a 1-methyl-1-ethylpiperidinium cation, a 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-butylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-pentyl Piperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-hexylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-heptylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-propylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl 1-butylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpiperidinium cation And a piperidinium cation such as a 1-propyl-1-butylpiperidinium cation, etc., more preferably a 1-hexylpyridinium cation, a 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, or a 1-butyl-3 a -methylpyridinium cation, a 1-octyl-4-methylpyridinium cation, a 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium cation, a 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium cation. Examples of the cation represented by the formula (2) include an imidazolium cation, a tetrahydropyrimidinium cation, and a dihydropyrimidinium cation. Specific examples of the cation represented by the formula (2) include 1,3-dimethylimidazolium cation, 1,3-diethylimidazolium cation, and 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazole. Ruthenium cation, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-octyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-mercapto-3-methyl Imidazolium cation, 1-dodecyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-tetradecyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1,2-dimethyl-3-propylimidazolium cation, Imidazolium cations such as 1-ethyl-2,3-dimethylimidazolium cation, 1-butyl-2,3-dimethylimidazolium cation, 1-hexyl-2,3-dimethylimidazolium cation 1,3-Dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2,3-trimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2 , 3,4-tetramethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2,3,5-tetramethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinium cation, etc. Hydroquinone cation; 1,3-dimethyl-1,4-dihydropyrimidinium cation, 1,3-dimethyl-1,6-dihydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2,3-trimethyl -1,4-dihydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2,3-trimethyl-1,6- Hydroquinone cation, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,4-dihydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,6-dihydropyrimidinium cation, etc. Hydroquinone cations and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of further exhibiting the effects of the present invention, 1,3-dimethylimidazolium cation, 1,3-diethylimidazolium cation, 1-ethyl-3 are preferred. -methylimidazolium cation, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-octyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-mercapto- An imidazolium cation such as a 3-methylimidazolium cation, a 1-dodecyl-3-methylimidazolium cation or a 1-tetradecyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, more preferably 1-ethyl- 3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium cation. Examples of the cation represented by the formula (3) include a pyrazolium cation and a pyrazolinium cation. Specific examples of the cation represented by the formula (3) include 1-methylpyrazolium cation, 3-methylpyrazolium cation, and 1-ethyl-2-methylpyrazolium cation. 1-ethyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium cation, 1-propyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium cation, 1-butyl-2,3,5-three Pyrazolium cation such as methylpyrazolium cation; 1-ethyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolinium cation, 1-propyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazoline A pyrazolinium cation such as a cation or a 1-butyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolinium cation or the like. Examples of the cation represented by the formula (4) include a tetraalkylammonium cation, a trialkylsulfonium cation, a tetraalkylphosphonium cation, a part of the above alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, and further an epoxy group. Replace it and so on. Specific examples of the cation represented by the formula (4) include tetramethylammonium cation, tetraethylammonium cation, tetrabutylammonium cation, tetraamylammonium cation, tetrahexylammonium cation, and tetraheptyl group. Ammonium cation, triethylmethylammonium cation, tributylethylammonium cation, trimethylpropylammonium cation, trimethylsulfonium ammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N- (2-methoxyethyl)ammonium cation, glycidyl trimethylammonium cation, trimethylsulfonium cation, triethylsulfonium cation, tributylphosphonium cation, trihexylphosphonium cation, diethylmethylhydrazine Cationic, dibutylethyl phosphonium cation, dimethyl decyl sulfonium cation, tetramethyl phosphonium cation, tetraethyl phosphonium cation, tetrabutyl phosphonium cation, tetrahexyl phosphonium cation, tetraoctyl phosphonium cation, triethyl A methyl phosphonium cation, a tributylethyl phosphonium cation, a trimethylsulfonium cation, a diallyldimethylammonium cation, or the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of further exhibiting the effects of the present invention, preferred are: triethylmethylammonium cation, tributylethylammonium cation, trimethylmethylammonium cation, and diethyl Asymmetric four such as methyl sulfonium cation, dibutyl ethyl sulfonium cation, dimethyl decyl sulfonium cation, triethylmethyl phosphonium cation, tributyl ethyl phosphonium cation, trimethyl fluorenyl ruthenium cation Alkyl ammonium cation; trialkyl phosphonium cation, tetraalkyl phosphonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-(2-methoxyethyl) ammonium cation, glycidyl trimethyl Ammonium cation, diallyldimethylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-propylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-butyl Ammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-amyl ammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-hexylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl- N-ethyl-N-heptyl ammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-decyl ammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N,N-dipropyl ammonium cation, N,N-Diethyl-N-propyl-N-butylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-propyl-N-amylammonium cation, N,N- Methyl-N-propyl-N-hexylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-propyl-N-heptyl ammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-butyl-N-hexyl Ammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-butyl-N-heptyl ammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-pentyl-N-hexylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl- N,N-dihexyl ammonium cation, trimethylheptyl ammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-propyl ammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl- N-amyl ammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-heptyl ammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-propyl-N-amyl ammonium cation, triethyl Propyl ammonium cation, triethyl amyl ammonium cation, triethylheptyl ammonium cation, N,N-dipropyl-N-methyl-N-ethyl ammonium cation, N,N-dipropyl-N -methyl-N-amyl ammonium cation, N,N-dipropyl-N-butyl-N-hexylammonium cation, N,N-dipropyl-N,N-dihexyl ammonium cation, N,N -dibutyl-N-methyl-N-amylammonium cation, N,N-dibutyl-N-methyl-N-hexylammonium cation, trioctylmethylammonium cation, N-methyl-N An ethyl-N-propyl-N-amyl ammonium cation or the like, more preferably a trimethylpropylammonium cation. As the fluorine organic anion capable of constituting the ionic liquid, any appropriate fluorine organic anion can be employed without departing from the effects of the present invention. Such fluoroorganic anions may be completely fluorinated (perfluorinated) or partially fluorinated. Examples of such a fluorine organic anion include a fluorinated aryl sulfonate, a perfluoroalkanesulfonate, bis(fluorosulfonyl) ruthenium, and a bis(perfluoroalkanesulfonyl)pyrene. Amine, cyano perfluoroalkanosulfonylguanamine, bis(cyano)perfluoroalkanesulfonylmethylate, cyano-bis(perfluoroalkanesulfonyl)methide, tris(perfluoroalkane) Mercapto) methide, trifluoroacetate, perfluoroalkylate, tris(perfluoroalkanesulfonyl)methide, (perfluoroalkanesulfonyl)trifluoroacetamide, and the like. Among these fluorine organic anions, more preferred are perfluoroalkyl sulfonate, bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, bis(perfluoroalkanesulfonyl) quinone imine, and more specifically, for example, Triflate, pentafluoroethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropane sulfonate, nonafluorobutanesulfonate, bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)pyrene amine. Specific examples of the ionic liquid can be appropriately selected from the combination of the above cationic component and the above anionic component. Specific examples of such an ionic liquid include 1-hexylpyridinium bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 1- Ethyl-3-methylpyridinium pentafluoroethanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium heptafluoropropane sulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium nonafluorobutanesulfonic acid Ester, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-butyl-3 -methylpyridinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-octyl-4-methylpyridinium bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1-dimethylpyrrolidinium Bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-ethylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium Bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis ( Trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium bis (three Fluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethyl) Indole, yttrium imine, 1-ethyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonate Indole, hydrazide, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonate) Iridium imine, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1-dipropylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Yttrium imine, 1-propyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1-dibutylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)pyrene Amine, 1-propylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-pentylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1-dimethylper Pyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-ethylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-propylphene Pyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-butylpiperidinium Bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-pentylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-hexyl Piperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-heptylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-propyl Piperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-butylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-pentyl Piperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-heptylphene Pyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1-dipropyl piperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-propyl-1-butylpiperidinium Bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1-dibutylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1-dimethylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoro Ethylsulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-ethylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoro Ethyl sulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoro Ethylsulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium bis ( Fluoroethinyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis (five Fluoroethinyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoro Ethylsulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1-dipropylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonate Mercapto), iridide, 1-propyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1-dibutylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)醯imino, 1-propylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-pentylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1-di Methylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-ethylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1- Propyl piperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-butylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1- Amyl piperidine bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-hexyl piperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-heptylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-propylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-butylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1 , 1-dipropyl piperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-propyl-1-butylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,1 -Dibutylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium trifluoroacetate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium hexafluoroacetate Butyrate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium heptafluoropropane sulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazole鎓9-fluorobutyl sulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(fluorosulfonyl) Yttrium, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium tris(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) A , 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium trifluoroacetate, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium heptafluorobutyrate, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium trifluoromethyl Sulfonate, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium perfluorobutanesulfonate, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-hexyl- 3-methylimidazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, 1,2-dimethyl-3-propylimidazolium bis ( Trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-propyl-2,3, 5-trimethylpyrazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-butyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone , 1-ethyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-propyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium bis ( Pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-butyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-2,3, 5-trimethylpyrazolium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl)trifluoroacetamide, 1-propyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl)trifluoroethyl Indoleamine, 1-butyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyridinium鎓(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)trifluoroacetamide, trimethylpropylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-propyl Alkyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-butylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N- Dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-pentyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-hexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonate Indenylamine, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-heptyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl -N-decyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dimethyl-N,N-dipropylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N, N-dimethyl-N-propyl-N-butylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dimethyl-N-propyl-N-amyl ammonium bis (three Fluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dimethyl-N-propyl-N-hexyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dimethyl-N- propyl-N-heptyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dimethyl-N-butyl-N-hexyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone , N,N-Dimethyl-N-butyl-N-heptyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dimethyl -N-pentyl-N-hexyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) fluorene imine, N,N-dimethyl-N,N-dihexyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone , trimethylheptyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-propyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone , N,N-Diethyl-N-methyl-N-pentyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N,N-g Alkyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-diethyl-N-propyl-N-pentyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, triethyl propyl Alkyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, triethyl amyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, triethylheptyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) fluorene Imine, N,N-dipropyl-N-methyl-N-ethylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dipropyl-N-methyl-N-pentyl Alkyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dipropyl-N-butyl-N-hexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-di propyl-N,N-dihexyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-dibutyl-N-methyl-N-amyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Yttrium, N,N-dibutyl-N-methyl-N-hexylammonium bis(trifluoro Sulfhydryl) quinone imine, trioctylmethylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N-methyl-N-ethyl-N-propyl-N-pentyl ammonium bis (three Fluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-butylpyridinium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) trifluoroacetamide, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Fluoroacetamide, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) trifluoroacetamide, tetrahexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, diallyl Dimethylammonium triflate, diallyldimethylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, diallyldimethylammonium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) fluorene Imine, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-(2-methoxyethyl)ammonium triflate, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N- (2-methoxyethyl)ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-(2-methoxyethyl)ammonium bis ( Pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, glycidyl trimethylammonium triflate, glycidyl trimethylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, glycidyl trimethyl Alkyl ammonium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, diallyldimethylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) fluorene , Diallyldimethylammonium bis (pentafluoroethanesulfonyl sulfo acyl) (PEI), lithium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl acyl) (PEI), lithium bis (fluorosulfonyl acyl) (PEI) and the like. More preferably, among the ionic liquids, 1-hexylpyridinium bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3 -methylpyridinium pentafluoroethanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium heptafluoropropane sulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium nonafluorobutanesulfonate, 1- Butyl-3-methylpyridinium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-octyl-4-methylpyridine Bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium double (fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium bis (fluorine Sulfhydryl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium heptafluoropropane sulfonate, 1-ethyl-3 -methylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium Bis(fluorosulfonyl) quinone imine, trimethylpropylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine, lithium bis ( Acyl-fluoro-methanesulfonamide) (PEI), lithium bis (fluorosulfonyl acyl) (PEI). A commercially available product can be used as the ionic liquid, and the synthesis can also be carried out as follows. The method for synthesizing the ionic liquid is not particularly limited as long as the target ionic liquid can be obtained, and generally, the halogenation described in the document "Ion Liquids - The Forefront and Future of Development" (published by CMC Corporation) can be used. The method, the hydroxide method, the acid ester method, the complex formation method, the neutralization method, and the like. Hereinafter, for the halide method, the hydroxide method, the acid ester method, the complex formation method, and the neutralization method, a nitrogen-containing phosphonium salt is exemplified as a synthesis method, and other sulfur-containing phosphonium salts and phosphorus-containing rhodium are described. Other ionic liquids such as salts can also be obtained by the same method. The halide method is a method carried out by a reaction as shown in the reaction formulas (1) to (3). First, a tertiary amine is reacted with a halogenated alkyl group to obtain a halide (reaction formula (1), and as a halogen, chlorine, bromine, or iodine can be used). The obtained halide is anion structure with a target ionic liquid (A^- The acid (HA) or the salt (the cation of the salt formed by the target anion such as ammonium, lithium, sodium or potassium) is reacted to obtain the target ionic liquid (R).₄ NA). [Chemical 2]The hydroxide method is a method carried out by a reaction as shown in the reaction formulas (4) to (8). First, make the halide (R₄ NX) by ion exchange membrane method electrolysis (reaction formula (4)), OH type ion exchange resin method (reaction formula (5)) or with silver oxide (Ag)₂ O) reaction (reaction formula (6)) to obtain hydroxide (R₄ NOH) (as a halogen, chlorine, bromine or iodine can be used). With respect to the obtained hydroxide, the target ionic liquid (R) is obtained by using the reaction of the reaction formulas (7) to (8) as in the above halogenation method.₄ NA). [Chemical 3]The acid ester method is a method which is carried out by a reaction represented by the reaction formulas (9) to (11). First, make a tertiary amine (R₃ N) reacting with an acid ester to obtain an acid ester (reaction formula (9). As the acid ester, an ester of a mineral acid such as sulfuric acid, sulfurous acid, phosphoric acid, phosphorous acid or carbonic acid, methanesulfonic acid or methylphosphonic acid may be used. An ester of an organic acid such as formic acid, etc.). With respect to the obtained acid ester, the target ionic liquid (R) can be obtained by using the reaction of the reaction formulas (10) to (11) as in the above halogenation method.₄ NA). Further, an ionic liquid can be directly obtained by using methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate or methyl trifluoroacetate as an acid ester. [Chemical 4]The neutralization method is a method carried out by a reaction as shown in the reaction formula (12). By making tertiary amines with CF₃ COOH, CF₃ SO₃ H, (CF₃ SO₂ )₂ NH, (CF₃ SO₂ )₃ CH, (C₂ F₅ SO₂ )₂ It is obtained by reacting an organic acid such as NH. [Chemical 5]R described in the above reaction formulas (1) to (12) represents hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may contain a hetero atom. The amount of the ionic liquid to be added varies depending on the compatibility of the polymer to be used and the ionic liquid, and therefore it cannot be generalized. Usually, it is preferably 0. by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polyurethane resin. 001 parts by weight to 50 parts by weight, more preferably 0. 01重量份至40重量份, Further preferably 0. 01 parts by weight to 30 parts by weight, particularly preferably 0. 01 parts by weight to 20 parts by weight, most preferably 0. 01 parts by weight to 10 parts by weight. By adjusting the blending amount of the ionic liquid within the above range, it is possible to provide a urethane-based adhesive which is excellent in antistatic property. If the above formula of the ionic liquid is less than 0. 01 parts by weight, there is a possibility that sufficient antistatic properties cannot be obtained. When the above-mentioned blending amount of the ionic liquid exceeds 50 parts by weight, there is a tendency that contamination of the adherend increases. The urethane-based adhesive may also contain a modified polyoxyxide oil. The effect of the present invention can be more effectively exhibited by allowing the urethane-based adhesive to contain a modified polyoxyxide oil. When the urethane-based adhesive contains a modified polysiloxane oil, the content ratio is preferably 0% by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polyurethane resin. 001 parts by weight to 50 parts by weight, more preferably 0. 01重量份至40重量份, Further preferably 0. 01 parts by weight to 30 parts by weight, particularly preferably 0. 01 parts by weight to 20 parts by weight, most preferably 0. 01 parts by weight to 10 parts by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the modified polysiloxane oil within the above range, the effects of the present invention can be more effectively exhibited. As the modified polyoxyxene oil, any appropriate modified polyoxyxene oil can be employed within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. As such a modified polysiloxane oil, for example, a modified polyoxyxane oil which can be obtained by the Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. can be mentioned. As the modified polyoxyxene oil, a polyether modified polysiloxane oil is preferred. The effect of the present invention can be more effectively exhibited by using a polyether modified polyoxyxene oil. Examples of the polyether-modified polyoxyxene oil include a side chain type polyether modified polydecane oil, and a two-end type polyether modified polysiloxane oil. Among these, from the viewpoint of further sufficiently exhibiting the effects of the present invention, a two-terminal type polyether modified polysiloxane oil is preferred. (Polyurethane-based resin formed of a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B)) is formed from a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) Specifically, the polyurethane resin is preferably a polyurethane resin obtained by curing a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). The polyol (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The polyhydric alcohol (A) is preferably, for example, a polyester polyol, a polyether polyol, a polycaprolactone polyol, a polycarbonate polyol, or a castor oil-based polyol. As the polyol (A), a polyether polyol is more preferable. The polyester polyol can be obtained, for example, by an esterification reaction of a polyol component and an acid component. Examples of the polyol component include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, and 3-methyl-1,5-pentane. Alcohol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2,4-diethyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,8-nonanediol, octadecanediol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane , pentaerythritol, hexanetriol, polypropylene glycol, and the like. Examples of the acid component include succinic acid, methyl succinic acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, sebacic acid, sebacic acid, 1,12-dodecanedioic acid, 1,14-tetradecane di Acid, dimer acid, 2-methyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 2-ethyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, ortho-benzene Dicarboxylic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 1,4-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-biphenyldicarboxylic acid, such acid anhydrides, and the like. Examples of the polyether polyol include water, a low molecular polyol (propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, etc.), bisphenols (such as bisphenol A), and dihydroxybenzene ( A polyether polyol obtained by addition polymerization of an alkylene oxide such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide or butylene oxide as a starter such as catechol, resorcin or hydroquinone. Specific examples thereof include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polybutylene glycol. The polycaprolactone polyol may, for example, be a caprolactone-based polyester diol obtained by ring-opening polymerization of a cyclic ester monomer such as ε-caprolactone or σ-valerolactone. Examples of the polycarbonate polyol include a polycarbonate polyol obtained by subjecting the above polyol component to carbon trichloride to undergo polycondensation reaction; and the above polyol component and dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, and carbonic acid A transesterification condensation of a carbonic acid diester such as propyl ester, diisopropyl carbonate, dibutyl carbonate, ethyl butyl carbonate, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, diphenyl carbonate or dibenzyl carbonate. a polycarbonate polyol; a copolymerized polycarbonate polyol obtained by using two or more kinds of the above polyol components in combination; and a polycarbonate polyol obtained by subjecting the above various polycarbonate polyols to esterification reaction with a carboxyl group-containing compound a polycarbonate polyol obtained by subjecting the above various polycarbonate polyols to an etherification reaction with a hydroxyl group-containing compound; a polycarbonate polyol obtained by transesterifying a plurality of the above polycarbonate polyols with an ester compound; a polycarbonate polyol obtained by transesterifying a plurality of the above polycarbonate polyols with a hydroxyl group-containing compound; and the above various polycarbonate polyols and dicarboxylic acid A polyester-based polycarbonate polyol obtained by a polycondensation reaction, a copolymerized polyether-based polycarbonate polyol obtained by copolymerizing the above various polycarbonate polyols with an alkylene oxide, and the like. The castor oil-based polyol is, for example, a castor oil-based polyol obtained by reacting a castor oil fatty acid with the above-described polyol component. Specifically, for example, a castor oil-based polyol obtained by reacting a castor oil fatty acid with polypropylene glycol can be mentioned. The number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A) is preferably from 400 to 20,000, more preferably from 500 to 17,000, still more preferably from 600 to 15,000, still more preferably from 800 to 12,000. By adjusting the number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily compatible with The release liner is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The polyol (A) preferably contains a polyol (A1) having a number average molecular weight Mn of 8,000 to 20,000 having three OH groups. The polyol (A1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content ratio of the polyol (A1) in the polyol (A) is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight to 100% by weight, still more preferably 70% by weight to 90% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the polyol (A1) in the polyol (A) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: when the release liner is to be peeled off The optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A1) is preferably from 8,000 to 20,000, more preferably from 8,000 to 18,000, still more preferably from 8500 to 17,000, still more preferably from 9000 to 16,000, still more preferably from 9,500 to 15,500, most preferably 10000 ~ 15000. By adjusting the number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A1) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily compatible with The release liner is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The polyol (A) may contain a polyol (A2) having a number average molecular weight Mn of 5,000 or less having three or more OH groups. The polyol (A2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A2) is preferably from 500 to 5,000, more preferably from 800 to 4,500, still more preferably from 1,000 to 4,000, still more preferably from 1,000 to 3,500, most preferably from 1,000 to 3,000. When the number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A2) is out of the above range, there is a tendency that the adhesion strength is increased with time, and excellent reworkability cannot be exhibited. The polyol (A2) is preferably a polyol having three OH groups (triol), a polyol having four OH groups (tetraol), and a polyol having five OH groups (five) A polyol (hexaol) having 6 OH groups. For a polyol having four OH groups (tetraol) as a polyol (A2), a polyol having five OH groups (pentahydric alcohol), and a polyol having six OH groups (hexaol) The total amount of at least one kind is preferably 10% by weight or less, more preferably 7% by weight or less, further preferably 6% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 5% by weight based on the content of the polyol (A). the following. By the polyol (A), a polyol having four OH groups (tetraol) as a polyol (A2), a polyol having five OH groups (pentahydric alcohol), and having 6 OH groups At least one of the polyols (hexahydric alcohol) is adjusted to the above range, and a urethane-based adhesive which is more excellent in transparency can be provided. The content ratio of the polyol (A2) in the polyol (A) is preferably 30% by weight or less, more preferably 0% by weight to 30% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the polyol (A2) in the polyol (A) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: when the release liner is to be peeled off The optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of the polyol having a number average molecular weight Mn of 5,000 or less in the polyol (A2) of 5,000 or less in the polyol (A2) is preferably less than 10% by weight, more preferably 8% by weight based on the entire polyol (A). % or less is further preferably 7% by weight or less, particularly preferably 6% by weight or less, and most preferably 5% by weight or less. When the content ratio of the polyol having a number average molecular weight Mn of 5,000 or less in the polyol (A2) is 5,000 or less based on the total amount of the polyol (A), the urethane type is The adhesive becomes whitened easily, resulting in a decrease in transparency. The polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), any appropriate polyfunctional isocyanate compound which can be used for the urethanization reaction can be used. Examples of such a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) include a polyfunctional aliphatic isocyanate compound, a polyfunctional alicyclic isocyanate, and a polyfunctional aromatic isocyanate compound. Examples of the polyfunctional aliphatic isocyanate compound include trimethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate, and 1,2-propyl propyl diisocyanate. 1,3-butylene diisocyanate, dodecamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, and the like. Examples of the polyfunctional alicyclic isocyanate compound include 1,3-cyclopentene diisocyanate, 1,3-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, and isophorone diisocyanate. And hydrogenated diphenylmethane diisocyanate, hydrogenated dimethyl dimethyl diisocyanate, hydrogenated toluene diisocyanate, hydrogenated tetramethyl dimethyl diisocyanate, and the like. Examples of the polyfunctional aromatic diisocyanate compound include phenyl diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, 2,2'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and 4, 4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 4,4'-toluidine diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl ether diisocyanate, 4,4'-biphenyl diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, benzene Dimethyl diisocyanate and the like. The polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) may, for example, be a trimethylolpropane adduct of various polyfunctional isocyanate compounds as described above, a biuret obtained by reacting with water, or an isocyanurate ring. Terpolymer and the like. Moreover, these may be used in combination. The equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is preferably 2. 0 or less, more preferably 0. 1~1. 9, further preferably 0. 2~1. 8, especially good is 0. 3~1. 7, the best is 0. 5~1. 6. By adjusting the equivalent ratio of the NCO group/OH group within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that the optical member is not easily peeled off when the release liner is to be peeled off. The liner is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. With respect to the content ratio of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is preferably 1. 0% by weight to 20% by weight, more preferably 1. 5重量% to 19重量%, further preferably 2. 0% by weight to 18% by weight, particularly preferably 2. 3 wt% to 17 wt%, preferably 2. 5 wt% to 16 wt%. By adjusting the content ratio of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily compatible with The release liner is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. Specifically, the polyurethane resin is preferably formed by curing a composition containing the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). As a method of curing the composition containing the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) to form a polyurethane resin, the use of a bulk polymerization or solution can be employed without departing from the effects of the present invention. Any appropriate method such as a urethanization reaction method such as polymerization. In order to harden the composition containing the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), it is preferred to use a catalyst. Examples of such a catalyst include an organometallic compound and a tertiary amine compound. Examples of the organometallic compound include an iron compound, a tin compound, a titanium compound, a zirconium compound, a lead compound, a cobalt compound, and a zinc compound. Among these, an iron-based compound or a tin-based compound is preferred from the viewpoint of the reaction rate and the pot life of the adhesive layer. Examples of the iron-based compound include iron acetylate pyruvate and iron 2-ethylhexanoate. Examples of the tin-based compound include dibutyltin dichloride, dibutyltin oxide, dibutyltin dibromide, dibutyltin maleate, dibutyltin dilaurate, and dibutyl. Tin diacetate, dibutyltin sulfide, tributylmethanol methoxide, tributyltin acetate, triethyl ethoxide tin, tributyl ethoxide tin, dioctyl tin oxide, dioctyl tin dilaurate, tributyl Tin-chloride, tributyltin trichloride, tin 2-ethylhexanoate, and the like. Examples of the titanium-based compound include dibutyl titanium dichloride, tetrabutyl titanate, and butoxy titanium trichloride. Examples of the zirconium-based compound include zirconium naphthenate and zirconium acetylacetonate. Examples of the lead-based compound include lead oleate, lead 2-ethylhexanoate, lead benzoate, and lead naphthenate. Examples of the cobalt-based compound include cobalt 2-ethylhexanoate and cobalt benzoate. Examples of the zinc-based compound include zinc naphthenate and zinc 2-ethylhexanoate. Examples of the tertiary amine compound include triethylamine, tri-ethylenediamine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-(5,4,0)-undecene-7 and the like. The catalyst may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, a catalyst, a crosslinking retarder or the like may be used in combination. The amount of the catalyst is preferably 0% relative to the polyol (A). 02% by weight to 0. 10% by weight, more preferably 0. 02% by weight to 0. 08% by weight, and further preferably 0. 02% by weight to 0. 06% by weight, especially preferably 0. 02% by weight to 0. 05% by weight. By adjusting the amount of the catalyst within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily self-contained with the release liner. The surface protective film is peeled off, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. In the composition containing the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), any appropriate other components may be contained within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include a resin component other than the polyurethane resin, an adhesion-imparting agent, an inorganic filler, an organic filler, a metal powder, a pigment, a foil, a softener, and an anti-aging agent. , conductive agent, ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant, light stabilizer, surface lubricant, leveling agent, preservative, heat stabilizer, polymerization inhibitor, lubricant, solvent, catalyst, etc. (Polyurethane-based resin formed of a composition containing a urethane prepolymer (C) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B)) comprising a urethane prepolymer (C) and The polyurethane-based resin formed of the composition of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) may be a polyurethane resin obtained by using a so-called "urethane prepolymer" as a raw material. Any suitable polyurethane resin is used. The polyurethane-based resin formed from the composition containing the urethane prepolymer (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) may, for example, be contained as a urethane prepolymer. A polyurethane-based resin formed from a combination of the polyurethane polyol of (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). The urethane prepolymer (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The polyurethane polyol as the urethane prepolymer (C) is preferably such that the polyester polyol (a1) and the polyether polyol (a2) are in the presence of a catalyst or have no catalyst. The reaction with the organic polyisocyanate compound (a3) is carried out under the conditions. As the polyester polyol (a1), any appropriate polyester polyol can be used. The polyester polyol (a1) is, for example, a polyester polyol obtained by reacting an acid component with a diol component. Examples of the acid component include terephthalic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, sebacic acid, phthalic anhydride, isophthalic acid, and trimellitic acid. Examples of the diol component include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, butylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, and 3,3'-. Dimethylol heptane, polyoxyethylene glycol, polyoxypropylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, butyl ethyl pentanediol, as a polyol component, glycerin, trishydroxy Methyl propane, pentaerythritol, and the like. The polyester polyol (a1) may also be a polyester obtained by subjecting a lactone such as polycaprolactone, poly(β-methyl-γ-valerolactone) or polyvalerolactone to ring-opening polymerization. Polyols, etc. As the molecular weight of the polyester polyol (a1), it can be used from a low molecular weight to a high molecular weight. As the molecular weight of the polyester polyol (a1), the number average molecular weight is preferably from 500 to 5,000. If the number average molecular weight is less than 500, the reactivity is improved and it becomes easy to gel. When the number average molecular weight exceeds 5,000, the reactivity is lowered, and the cohesive force of the polyurethane itself is reduced. The amount of the polyester polyol (a1) to be used is preferably from 10 to 90 mol% in the polyol constituting the polyurethane polyalcohol. As the polyether polyol (a2), any appropriate polyether polyol can be used. Examples of the polyether polyol (a2) include ethylene oxide and a ring by using a low molecular weight polyol such as water, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, glycerin or trimethylolpropane as a starting agent. A polyether polyol obtained by polymerizing an oxirane compound such as oxypropylene, butylene oxide or tetrahydrofuran. Specific examples of the polyether polyol (a2) include polyether polyols having a functional group number of 2 or more, such as polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and polytetramethylene glycol. As the molecular weight of the polyether polyol (a2), it can be used from a low molecular weight to a high molecular weight. As the molecular weight of the polyether polyol (a2), the number average molecular weight is preferably from 1,000 to 5,000. When the number average molecular weight is less than 1,000, the reactivity is improved and it becomes easy to gel. When the number average molecular weight exceeds 5,000, the reactivity is lowered, and the cohesive force of the polyurethane itself is reduced. The amount of the polyether polyol (a2) used is preferably from 20 mol% to 80 mol% in the polyol constituting the polyurethane polyalcohol. The polyether polyol (a2) may be partially substituted with ethylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, butyl ethyl pentanediol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, etc. as needed. A polyamine such as an alcohol, ethylenediamine, N-aminoethylethanolamine, isophoronediamine or benzodimethyldiamine may be used in combination. As the polyether polyol (a2), only a bifunctional polyether polyol may be used, and a polyether polyol having a number average molecular weight of 1,000 to 5,000 and having at least 3 or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule may be used partially or wholly. . When a polyether polyol having an average molecular weight of 1,000 to 5,000 and at least three or more hydroxyl groups per molecule is used partially or wholly as the polyether polyol (a2), the balance between the adhesion and the re-peelability can be improved. In such a polyether polyol, when the number average molecular weight is less than 1,000, the reactivity is improved and gelation tends to occur. Further, in the polyether polyol, when the number average molecular weight exceeds 5,000, the reactivity is lowered, and the cohesive force of the polyurethane polyether itself is reduced. The number average molecular weight of such a polyether polyol is more preferably from 2,500 to 3,500. As the organic polyisocyanate compound (a3), any appropriate organic polyisocyanate compound can be used. Examples of such an organic polyisocyanate compound (a3) include aromatic polyisocyanates, aliphatic polyisocyanates, aromatic aliphatic polyisocyanates, and alicyclic polyisocyanates. Examples of the aromatic polyisocyanate include 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, 4,4′-biphenyl diisocyanate, 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, and 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate. 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-toluidine diisocyanate, 2,4,6-triisocyanate toluene, 1,3,5-triisocyanate benzene, diphenyl Methyl ether diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl ether diisocyanate, 4,4',4''-triphenylmethane triisocyanate, and the like. Examples of the aliphatic polyisocyanate include trimethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate, 1,2-propyl propyl diisocyanate, and 2,3. - butyl diisocyanate, 1,3-butylene diisocyanate, dodecyl diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, and the like. Examples of the aromatic aliphatic polyisocyanate include ω, ω′-diisocyanate-1,3-dimethylbenzene, ω,ω′-diisocyanate-1,4-dimethylbenzene, ω, ω. '-Diisocyanate-1,4-diethylbenzene, 1,4-tetramethylbenzenedimethyl diisocyanate, 1,3-tetramethylbenzenedimethyl diisocyanate, and the like. Examples of the alicyclic polyisocyanate include 3-isocyanate methyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexyl isocyanate, 1,3-cyclopentane diisocyanate, and 1,3-cyclohexane diisocyanate. , 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, methyl-2,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, methyl-2,6-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexyl isocyanate ), 1,4-bis(isocyanatemethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(isocyanatemethyl)cyclohexane, and the like. As the organic polyisocyanate compound (a3), a trimethylolpropane adduct, a biuret obtained by reacting with water, a trimer having an isocyanurate ring, or the like may be used in combination. As the catalyst which can be used in obtaining the polyurethane polyacrylate, any appropriate catalyst can be used. Examples of such a catalyst include a tertiary amine compound and an organometallic compound. Examples of the tertiary amine-based compound include triethylamine, tri-ethylenediamine, and 1,8-diazabicyclo(5,4,0)-undecene-7 (DBU). Examples of the organometallic compound include a tin-based compound and a non-tin-based compound. Examples of the tin-based compound include dibutyltin dichloride, dibutyltin oxide, dibutyltin dibromide, dibutyltin maleate, and dibutyltin dilaurate ( DBTDL), dibutyltin diacetate, dibutyltin sulfide, tributyltin sulfide, tributyltin oxide, tributyltin acetate, triethylethanol tin, tributylethanol tin, dioctyl oxidation Tin, tributyltin chloride, tributyltin chloroacetate, tin 2-ethylhexanoate, and the like. Examples of the non-tin-based compound include titanium compounds such as dibutyl titanium dichloride, tetrabutyl titanate, and butoxy titanium trichloride; lead oleate, lead 2-ethylhexanoate, and benzoic acid. Lead compounds such as lead and lead naphthenate; iron compounds such as iron 2-ethylhexanoate and iron acetylacetonate; cobalt compounds such as cobalt benzoate and cobalt 2-ethylhexanoate; zinc naphthenate; A zinc-based compound such as zinc 2-ethylhexanoate; a zirconium compound such as zirconium alkanoate or the like. In the case where a catalyst is used in obtaining a polyurethane, in a system in which two kinds of polyols of a polyester polyol and a polyether polyol are present, a separate catalyst is used because of its reactivity. In the system, gelation or turbidity of the reaction solution tends to occur. Therefore, by using two kinds of catalysts when obtaining a polyurethane, it is easy to control the reaction rate, the selectivity of the catalyst, and the like, and the problems can be solved. Examples of the combination of the two kinds of catalysts include a tertiary amine/organometallic system, a tin-based/non-tin-based, and a tin-based/tin-based system, and preferably a tin-based/tin-based system, more preferably a dibutyl group. A combination of tin laurate and tin 2-ethylhexanoate. The ratio of the ratio of tin to 2-ethylhexanoate/dibutyltin laurate is preferably less than 1, more preferably 0. 2~0. 6. When the blending ratio is 1 or more, there is a possibility that gelation tends to occur due to the balance of the catalytic activity. In the case where a catalyst is used in obtaining a polyurethane, the amount of the catalyst used is the total amount of the polyester polyol (a1), the polyether polyol (a2), and the organic polyisocyanate compound (a3). The amount is preferably 0. 01~1. 0% by weight. In the case where a catalyst is used in obtaining a polyurethane polyol, the reaction temperature is preferably less than 100 ° C, more preferably 85 ° C to 95 ° C. When it is 100 ° C or more, it is difficult to control the reaction rate and the crosslinked structure, and it is difficult to obtain a ruthenium polyol having a specific molecular weight. It is also possible to use no catalyst when obtaining a polyurethane polyalcohol. In this case, the reaction temperature is preferably 100 ° C or higher, more preferably 110 ° C or higher. Further, when the polyurethane polyacrylate is obtained under the conditions of no catalyst, it is preferred to carry out a reaction for 3 hours or more. As a method of obtaining a polyurethane polyacrylate, for example, 1) a method of adding the entire amount of a polyester polyol, a polyether polyol, a catalyst, or an organic polyisocyanate to a flask; 2) A method in which an ester polyol, a polyether polyol, and a catalyst are added to a flask and an organic polyisocyanate is added dropwise thereto is added. As a method of obtaining a polyurethane polyester, a method of 2) is preferred in terms of controlling the reaction. Any suitable solvent can be used in obtaining the polyurethane polyol. Examples of such a solvent include methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate, toluene, xylene, and acetone. Among these solvents, toluene is preferred. As the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), the above can be applied. In the composition containing the urethane prepolymer (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), any appropriate other components may be contained within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include a resin component other than the polyurethane resin, an adhesion-imparting agent, an inorganic filler, an organic filler, a metal powder, a pigment, a foil, a softener, and an anti-aging agent. , conductive agent, ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant, light stabilizer, surface lubricant, leveling agent, preservative, heat stabilizer, polymerization inhibitor, lubricant, solvent, catalyst, etc. As a method of producing a polyurethane resin formed of a composition containing a urethane prepolymer (C) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), as long as a so-called "urethane pre-form is used As a method of producing a polyurethane resin as a raw material, any appropriate production method can be employed. The number average molecular weight Mn of the urethane prepolymer (C) is preferably from 1,000 to 100,000. The equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the urethane prepolymer (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is preferably 2. 0 or less, more preferably 0. 1~1. 9, further preferably 0. 2~1. 8, especially good is 0. 3~1. 7, the best is 0. 5~1. 6. By adjusting the equivalent ratio of the NCO group/OH group within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that the optical member is not easily peeled off when the release liner is to be peeled off. The liner is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. With respect to the content ratio of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is preferably 1. with respect to the urethane prepolymer (C). 0% by weight to 10% by weight, more preferably 1. 5 wt% to 9. 5 wt%, further preferably 2. 0% by weight to 9% by weight, particularly preferably 2. 3 wt% to 8. 5 wt%, the best is 2. 5 wt% to 8 wt%. By adjusting the content ratio of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily compatible with The release liner is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. [Acrylic Adhesive] The acrylic adhesive contains an acrylic resin. The content ratio of the acrylic resin in the acrylic adhesive is preferably 50% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably 70% by weight to 100% by weight, still more preferably 90% by weight to 100% by weight, and particularly preferably 95% by weight to 100% by weight, most preferably 98% by weight to 100% by weight. When the content ratio of the acrylic resin in the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive is adjusted within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member It is difficult to peel off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The acrylic adhesive may contain any appropriate other components in addition to the acrylic resin, without departing from the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include a resin component other than the acrylic resin, an adhesion-imparting agent, an inorganic filler, an organic filler, a metal powder, a pigment, a foil, a softener, an anti-aging agent, a conductive agent, and an ultraviolet ray. Absorbents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, and the like. As the acrylic resin, any appropriate acrylic resin can be used without departing from the effects of the present invention. The acrylic adhesive preferably comprises an acrylic resin formed of a composition comprising: (a) an alkyl group of an alkyl ester moiety having an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms; (b) at least one selected from the group consisting of a (meth) acrylate having an OH group and (meth)acrylic acid, and (c) at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyfunctional isocyanate crosslinking agent and an epoxy crosslinking agent. Kind. The content of the component (a) in the composition for forming the acrylic resin is preferably from 85% by weight to 99%. 5 wt%, more preferably 90 wt% to 98. 5 wt%, and further preferably 92. 5重量% to 98% by weight, particularly preferably 95% by weight to 97. 5 wt%. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (a) in the composition for forming an acrylic resin within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the effect of peeling off the release liner. At this time, the optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of the component (b) in the composition for forming the acrylic resin is preferably 0. 5 wt% to 15 wt%, more preferably 1. 5重量% to 10% by weight, further preferably 2% by weight to 7. 5 wt%, especially preferably 2. 5 wt% to 5 wt%. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (b) in the composition for forming an acrylic resin within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the effect of peeling off the release liner. At this time, the optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content of the component (c) in the composition for forming the acrylic resin is preferably from 1% by weight to 10% by weight, more preferably 1. 5重量% to 9重量%, further preferably 2% by weight to 8% by weight, and particularly preferably 2. 5 wt% to 7 wt%. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (c) in the composition for forming the acrylic resin within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the effect of peeling off the release liner. At this time, the optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The alkyl (meth)acrylate having 4 to 12 carbon atoms as the alkyl group of the alkyl ester moiety may, for example, be n-butyl (meth)acrylate or isobutyl (meth)acrylate or (methyl). a third butyl acrylate, n-amyl (meth) acrylate, isoamyl (meth) acrylate, n-hexyl (meth) acrylate, isohexyl (meth) acrylate, n-heptyl (meth) acrylate, Isoheptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate, (A) Isodecyl acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate. These may be one type or two or more types. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the alkyl (meth) acrylate having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl group of the alkyl ester moiety is preferably 4 to 10, more preferably 4 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of the (meth) acrylate having an OH group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate. 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 5-hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, 3-(meth) acrylate Hydroxy-3-methylbutyl ester, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 7-hydroxyheptyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxyl (meth)acrylate An oxime ester, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, or (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl acrylate. These may be one type or two or more types. Examples of the polyfunctional isocyanate crosslinking agent include lower aliphatic polyisocyanates such as butyl diisocyanate and hexamethylene diisocyanate; cyclopentyl diisocyanate, cyclohexyl diisocyanate, and isophorone; An alicyclic isocyanate such as a diisocyanate; an aromatic isocyanate such as 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate or benzodimethylisocyanate; trimethylolpropane/toluene diisocyanate; Trimer adduct (trade name "CORONATE L", manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry), trimethylolpropane / hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (trade name "CORONATE HL", Nippon Polyurethane Industry Isocyanate adducts such as hexamethylene diisocyanate isocyanurate (trade name "CORONATE HX", manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.). These may be one type or two or more types. Examples of the epoxy-based crosslinking agent include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin epoxy resin, ethyl diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, and glycerin tricondensate. Glycerol ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, diglycidylaniline, diamine glycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl M-xylylenediamine (trade name "TETRAD-X", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane (trade name "TETRAD-C" "Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company"). These may be one type or two or more types. The composition forming the acrylic resin may further contain a crosslinking catalyst. Examples of the crosslinking catalyst include metal-based cross-linking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, iron acetylacetonate, butyl tin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. It is a tin-based cross-linking catalyst). Such a cross-linking catalyst may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the composition for forming the acrylic resin, any appropriate other monomer may be contained within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other monomers include benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate. Ester, (meth) acrylamide, vinyl acetate, (meth) acrylonitrile, and the like. These may be one type or two or more types. The composition forming the acrylic resin may contain any suitable other components within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include a resin component other than the acrylic resin, an adhesion-imparting agent, an inorganic filler, an organic filler, a metal powder, a pigment, a foil, a softener, an anti-aging agent, a conductive agent, and an ultraviolet ray. Absorbents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, and the like. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably 100,000 or more, more preferably 100,000 to 3,000,000, as measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method using a tetrahydrofuran solvent. It is 200,000 to 2 million, and especially 300,000 to 1 million. By adjusting the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily compatible with The release liner is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The acrylic resin can be produced by any appropriate method within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such a method, for example, a polymerization reaction of a composition for forming an acrylic resin is exemplified. Specific examples of the polymerization method for the polymerization reaction include solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, and photopolymerization (active energy ray polymerization). In terms of cost or productivity, a solution polymerization method is particularly preferred. The solution polymerization method is, for example, a method in which a monomer component, a polymerization initiator, or the like is dissolved in a solvent, and polymerization is carried out by heating to obtain a base polymer solution containing a base polymer. Examples of the solvent include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, benzene, and xylene; esters such as ethyl acetate and n-butyl acetate; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane and n-heptane; and cyclohexane and methyl rings. An alicyclic hydrocarbon such as hexane; an organic solvent such as a ketone such as methyl ethyl ketone or methyl isobutyl ketone. The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the polymerization initiator which can be used in the solution polymerization include a peroxide polymerization initiator and an azo polymerization initiator. Examples of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator include peroxycarbonate, ketone peroxide, peroxyketal, hydrogen peroxide, dialkyl peroxide, dinonyl peroxide, peroxyester, and the like. Specific examples thereof include benzammonium peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxybenzoate, dicumyl peroxide, and 1,1-double. (T-butyl peroxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)cyclododecane. Examples of the azo polymerization initiator include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile, and 2,2'-azobis ( 2,4-Dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionic acid) dimethyl ester, 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4- Dimethylvaleronitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4,4-trimethylpentane), 4,4 '-Azobis-4-cyanovaleric acid, 2,2'-azobis(2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[2-(5-methyl- 2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane]dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2'-azobis(N,N'- Dimethylene isobutyl hydrazine hydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)-2-methylpropionamidine hydrate. The polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0% based on the total amount of the monomer components (100 parts by weight) constituting the base polymer. 01 parts by weight to 5 parts by weight, more preferably 0. 05 parts by weight to 3 parts by weight. The heating temperature at the time of heating in the solution polymerization method can be set to any appropriate heating temperature within the range in which the effects of the present invention are not impaired. The heating temperature is preferably 50 to 80 °C. The heating time in the case where the polymerization is carried out by heating in the solution polymerization method can be set to any appropriate heating time within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention. The heating time is preferably from 1 hour to 24 hours. [Rubber-based adhesive] As a rubber-based adhesive, any suitable rubber-based adhesive such as a known rubber-based adhesive described in JP-A-2015-074771 or the like can be used as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. Agent. These may be one type or two or more types. [Polyoxygen-based adhesive] As the polyoxyn-based adhesive, a known polyoxyl-based adhesive described in, for example, JP-A-2014-047280, etc., can be used without departing from the effects of the present invention. Any suitable polyoxygenated adhesive. These may be one type or two or more types. ≪ Release liner ≫ As the release liner, for example, a release liner of a substrate such as a paper or a plastic film (pad substrate) which has been subjected to polyfluorination treatment, a substrate such as a paper or a plastic film (pad base) The surface of the material is a release liner laminated with a polyolefin resin or the like. Examples of the plastic film as the backing substrate include a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, a polybutene film, a polybutadiene film, a polymethylpentene film, a polyvinyl chloride film, and a vinyl chloride copolymer film. , polyethylene terephthalate film, polybutylene terephthalate film, polyurethane film, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, and the like. As the plastic film as the backing substrate, a polyethylene film is preferable. ≪Adhesive Layer (2) 黏 The adhesive layer (2) can be produced by any suitable manufacturing method. As such a production method, for example, a method in which a composition as a material for forming an adhesive layer (2) is applied onto a release liner to form an adhesive layer (2) on a release liner is exemplified. Examples of such a coating method include roll coating, gravure coating, reverse coating, roll brushing, spray coating, air knife coating, extrusion coating using a die coater, and the like. The thickness of the adhesive layer (2) is preferably from 1 μm to 500 μm, more preferably from 2 μm to 400 μm, still more preferably from 5 μm to 350 μm, still more preferably from 10 μm to 300 μm. By adjusting the thickness of the adhesive layer (2) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that the optical member is less likely to be peeled off when the release liner is to be peeled off. The liner is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of the adhesive in the adhesive layer (2) is preferably from 50% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably from 60% by weight to 100% by weight, still more preferably from 70% by weight to 100% by weight, particularly preferably It is 80% by weight to 100% by weight, preferably 90% by weight to 100% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the adhesive in the adhesive layer (2) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: when peeling off the release liner, the optical The member is not easily peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The adhesive contained in the adhesive layer (2) is preferably an acrylic adhesive. The acrylic adhesive contains an acrylic resin. The content ratio of the acrylic resin in the acrylic adhesive is preferably 50% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably 70% by weight to 100% by weight, still more preferably 90% by weight to 100% by weight, still more preferably 95% by weight. The weight % to 100% by weight, preferably 98% by weight to 100% by weight. When the content ratio of the acrylic resin in the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive is adjusted within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member It is difficult to peel off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The acrylic adhesive may contain any appropriate other components in addition to the acrylic resin, without departing from the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include a resin component other than the acrylic resin, an adhesion-imparting agent, an inorganic filler, an organic filler, a metal powder, a pigment, a foil, a softener, an anti-aging agent, a conductive agent, and an ultraviolet ray. Absorbents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, and the like. As the acrylic resin, any appropriate acrylic resin can be used without departing from the effects of the present invention. The acrylic adhesive preferably comprises an acrylic resin formed of a composition comprising: (a) an alkyl group of an alkyl ester moiety having an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms; (b) at least one selected from the group consisting of a (meth) acrylate having an OH group and (meth)acrylic acid, and (c) at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyfunctional isocyanate crosslinking agent and an epoxy crosslinking agent. Kind. The content of the component (a) in the composition for forming the acrylic resin is preferably from 85% by weight to 99%. 9% by weight, more preferably 90% by weight to 99. 8 wt%, and further preferably 92. 5 wt% to 99. 7 wt%, especially preferably 95 wt% to 99. 6 wt%. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (a) in the composition for forming an acrylic resin within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the effect of peeling off the release liner. At this time, the optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of the component (b) in the composition for forming the acrylic resin is preferably 0. 1% by weight to 15% by weight, more preferably 0. 2% by weight to 10% by weight, and further preferably 0. 3 wt% to 7. 5 wt%, especially preferably 0. 4% by weight to 5% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (b) in the composition for forming an acrylic resin within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the effect of peeling off the release liner. At this time, the optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of the component (c) in the composition for forming the acrylic resin is preferably 0. 01% by weight to 1. 5 wt%, more preferably 0. 02% by weight to 1. 0% by weight, further preferably 0. 03% by weight to 0. 8% by weight, especially preferably 0. 05% by weight to 0. 7 wt%. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (c) in the composition for forming the acrylic resin within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the effect of peeling off the release liner. At this time, the optical member is less likely to be peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The alkyl (meth)acrylate having 4 to 12 carbon atoms as the alkyl group of the alkyl ester moiety may, for example, be n-butyl (meth)acrylate or isobutyl (meth)acrylate or (methyl). a third butyl acrylate, n-amyl (meth) acrylate, isoamyl (meth) acrylate, n-hexyl (meth) acrylate, isohexyl (meth) acrylate, n-heptyl (meth) acrylate, Isoheptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate, (A) Isodecyl acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate. These may be one type or two or more types. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the alkyl (meth) acrylate having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl group of the alkyl ester moiety is preferably 4 to 10, more preferably 4 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of the (meth) acrylate having an OH group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate. 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 5-hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, 3-(meth) acrylate Hydroxy-3-methylbutyl ester, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 7-hydroxyheptyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxyl (meth)acrylate An oxime ester, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, or (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl acrylate. These may be one type or two or more types. Examples of the polyfunctional isocyanate crosslinking agent include lower aliphatic polyisocyanates such as butyl diisocyanate and hexamethylene diisocyanate; cyclopentyl diisocyanate, cyclohexyl diisocyanate, and isophorone; An alicyclic isocyanate such as a diisocyanate; an aromatic isocyanate such as 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate or benzodimethylisocyanate; trimethylolpropane/toluene diisocyanate; Trimer adduct (trade name "CORONATE L", manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry), trimethylolpropane / hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (trade name "CORONATE HL", Nippon Polyurethane Industry Isocyanate adducts such as hexamethylene diisocyanate isocyanurate (trade name "CORONATE HX", manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.). These may be one type or two or more types. Examples of the epoxy-based crosslinking agent include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin epoxy resin, ethyl diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, and glycerin tricondensate. Glycerol ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, diglycidylaniline, diamine glycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl M-xylylenediamine (trade name "TETRAD-X", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane (trade name "TETRAD-C" "Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company"). These may be one type or two or more types. The composition forming the acrylic resin may further contain a crosslinking catalyst. Examples of the crosslinking catalyst include metal-based cross-linking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, iron acetylacetonate, butyl tin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. It is a tin-based cross-linking catalyst). Such a cross-linking catalyst may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the composition for forming the acrylic resin, any appropriate other monomer may be contained within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other monomers include benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate. Ester, (meth) acrylamide, vinyl acetate, (meth) acrylonitrile, and the like. These may be one type or two or more types. The composition forming the acrylic resin may contain any suitable other components within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include a resin component other than the acrylic resin, an adhesion-imparting agent, an inorganic filler, an organic filler, a metal powder, a pigment, a foil, a softener, an anti-aging agent, a conductive agent, and an ultraviolet ray. Absorbents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, and the like. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably 1,000,000 or more, more preferably 1.1 million to 2.5 million, as measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method using a tetrahydrofuran solvent. It is 1.2 million to 2.3 million, and particularly preferably 1.3 million to 2.1 million. By adjusting the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit an effect that when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily compatible with The release liner is peeled off from the surface protective film together, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The acrylic resin can be produced by any appropriate method within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such a method, for example, a polymerization reaction of a composition for forming an acrylic resin is exemplified. Specific examples of the polymerization method for the polymerization reaction include solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, and photopolymerization (active energy ray polymerization). In terms of cost or productivity, a solution polymerization method is particularly preferred. The solution polymerization method is, for example, a method in which a monomer component, a polymerization initiator, and the like are dissolved in a solvent, and polymerization is carried out by heating to obtain a base polymer solution containing a base polymer. Examples of the solvent include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, benzene, and xylene; esters such as ethyl acetate and n-butyl acetate; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane and n-heptane; and cyclohexane and methyl rings. An alicyclic hydrocarbon such as hexane; an organic solvent such as a ketone such as methyl ethyl ketone or methyl isobutyl ketone. The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the polymerization initiator which can be used in the solution polymerization include a peroxide polymerization initiator and an azo polymerization initiator. Examples of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator include peroxycarbonate, ketone peroxide, peroxyketal, hydrogen peroxide, dialkyl peroxide, dinonyl peroxide, peroxyester, and the like. Specific examples thereof include benzammonium peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxybenzoate, dicumyl peroxide, and 1,1-double. (T-butyl peroxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)cyclododecane. Examples of the azo polymerization initiator include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile, and 2,2'-azobis ( 2,4-Dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionic acid) dimethyl ester, 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4- Dimethylvaleronitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4,4-trimethylpentane), 4,4 '-Azobis-4-cyanovaleric acid, 2,2'-azobis(2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[2-(5-methyl- 2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane]dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2'-azobis(N,N'- Dimethylene isobutyl hydrazine hydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)-2-methylpropionamidine hydrate. The polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0% based on the total amount of the monomer components (100 parts by weight) constituting the base polymer. 01 parts by weight to 5 parts by weight, more preferably 0. 05 parts by weight to 3 parts by weight. The heating temperature at the time of heating in the solution polymerization method can be set to any appropriate heating temperature within the range in which the effects of the present invention are not impaired. The heating temperature is preferably 50 to 80 °C. The heating time in the case where the polymerization is carried out by heating in the solution polymerization method can be set to any appropriate heating time within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention. The heating time is preferably from 1 hour to 24 hours.制造 Manufacturing method of optical member with surface protective film ≫≫ The method for producing an optical member with a surface protective film according to the present invention may be any method capable of producing an optical member having a surface protective film as described below. According to any appropriate method, the optical member with the surface protective film sequentially has a laminate of the optical member and the surface protective film, and an adhesive layer (2) provided on the opposite side of the optical member from the surface protective film. And a release liner provided on the side opposite to the optical member of the adhesive layer (2), and the surface protection film comprises a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1), the adhesive layer of the surface protection film (1) ) is the side of the optical member. In the method for producing an optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention, for example, when the surface protective film is bonded, it is preferably attached to the optical member while applying a tension to the surface protective film. The tension can be appropriately set depending on the constitution of the surface protective film (for example, thickness, forming material, modulus of elasticity, tensile elongation, and the like). It can be manufactured by the operation as described above. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited by the examples. In addition, the test and evaluation methods in the examples and the like are as follows. In the case of "parts", unless otherwise indicated, it means "parts by weight", and when it is described as "%", unless otherwise specified, it means "% by weight". [Production Example 1]: Production of an adhesive for a polarizing plate: butyl acrylate (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) was added to a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a condenser: 99 parts by weight, acrylic acid 4-hydroxybutyl ester (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 1 part by weight of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile as a polymerization initiator (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.): 0. 1 part by weight, ethyl acetate: 100 parts by weight, nitrogen gas was introduced while slowly stirring, and the liquid temperature in the flask was maintained at 55 ° C for 8 hours to prepare an acrylic polymer solution having a weight average molecular weight of 1.6 million. weight%). The obtained acrylic polymer solution (50% by weight) was diluted to 20% by weight with ethyl acetate, and CORONATE L (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.) as a crosslinking agent was added to 100 parts by weight of the solution: 0 . One part by weight and mixed and stirred to prepare an acrylic adhesive solution. [Production Example 2]: Production of polarizing plate (Production of polarizing element) The polymerization degree was 2,400, and the degree of saponification was 99. A polyvinyl alcohol film of 9% and a thickness of 30 μm was immersed in warm water of 30 ° C to swell, and the length of the polyvinyl alcohol film became the original length. Uniaxial stretching is performed in a 0-fold manner. Then, it was immersed in a mixture of iodine and potassium iodide (weight ratio = 0. 5:8) The concentration is 0. In the 3% by weight aqueous solution (dyeing bath), the length of the polyvinyl alcohol film became one of the original lengths. The film was dyed while uniaxially stretching in a 0-fold manner. Then, it was immersed in an aqueous solution (crosslinking bath 1) of 5% by weight of boric acid and 3% by weight of potassium iodide, and the length of the polyvinyl alcohol film became the original length of 3. The stretching was carried out in a 7-fold manner, and thereafter, in a 60% by weight aqueous solution of boric acid 4% by weight and potassium iodine 5% by weight (crosslinking bath 2), the length of the polyvinyl alcohol film was 6 times the original length. Stretch. Then, it was subjected to iodide ion impregnation treatment using an aqueous solution of 3 wt% potassium iodide (iodine impregnation bath), and then dried in an oven at 60 ° C for 4 minutes to obtain a polarizing element. The obtained polarizing element had a thickness of 12 μm. (Preparation of water-based adhesive) A polyvinyl alcohol-based resin containing an ethyl acetate group (average degree of polymerization: 1200, degree of saponification: 98. 5 mol%, ethyl acetylation degree: 5 mol%) was dissolved in pure water at a temperature of 30 ° C, and adjusted to a solid content concentration of 4% to obtain a water-based adhesive. (Production of Polarizing Plate) The water-based adhesive was applied to a cellulose acetate (TAC) having a thickness of 25 μm so that the thickness of the adhesive layer after drying became 80 nm to obtain a polarizing element with an adhesive layer. Protective film. Then, the polarizing element protective film with the adhesive layer attached thereto was bonded to both surfaces of the polarizing element by a roller press at a temperature of 23 ° C, and then dried at 55 ° C for 6 minutes to prepare a polarizing plate. The bonding of the polarizing element and the polarizing element protective film with the adhesive layer is performed such that the polarizing element is in contact with the adhesive layer of the polarizing element protective film with the adhesive layer. The polarizing plate is thus manufactured. [Production Example 3]: Production of release liner The adhesive for polarizing plates produced in Production Example 1 was applied to a polycondensate of a substrate containing a polyester resin having a thickness of 38 μm which was subjected to polyfluorination treatment on one surface. The oxygen-treated surface and the polyoxynitride-treated surface of the substrate containing the polyester resin having a thickness of 50 μm were hardened and dried at a drying temperature of 150 ° C and a drying time of 2 minutes so that the thickness after drying became 20 μm. Forming an adhesive layer. Thus, a laminate of a release liner having a thickness of 38 μm and an adhesive layer, and a laminate of a release liner having a thickness of 50 μm and an adhesive layer were produced. [Production Example 4]: a release liner and an adhesive layer obtained in the one-side bonding production example 3 of the polarizing plate obtained in Production Example 2, using a polarizing plate with a laminate of a release liner and an adhesive layer On the side of the adhesive layer of the laminate, a polarizing plate having a laminate of a release liner and an adhesive layer was produced. The thickness of the polarizing plate with the adhesive layer excluding the release liner was 82 μm. [Production Example 5] Production of a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (U1) as a material for forming an adhesive layer contained in a surface protective film, which is a polyol (A) having a plurality of OH groups The alcohol is Preminol S3011 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., Mn=10000), SANNIX GP-3000 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd., Mn=3000), a polyol having three OH groups, and a polyol having three OH groups. Namely SANONIX GP-1000 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd., Mn=1000), polyfunctional alicyclic isocyanate compound which is a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), CORONATE HX (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), catalyst (manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: Nasemuiron), Irganox 1010 (manufactured by BASF) as a deterioration preventive agent, and isopropyl myristate as a fatty acid ester (manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd., trade name: EXCEPARL IPM) , Mn = 270) or cetyl 2-ethylhexanoate (manufactured by Nisshin Olympus Group Co., Ltd., trade name: SALACOS 816T, Mn = 368), 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium double (fluoromethanesulfonyl)醯imine (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Co., Ltd., trade name: AS110), two-end polyether modified polyoxyxide oil (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KF-6004), and The ethyl acetate was diluted with a solvent, and the mixture was stirred to prepare a urethane-based adhesive composition. The number of blending parts is shown in Table 1. [Production Example 6] Production of a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (U2) as a material for forming an adhesive layer contained in a surface protective film, CYABINESH as a urethane prepolymer (C) was added. -109 (manufactured by TOYOCHEM Co., Ltd.), CORONATE HX (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), which is a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), and toluene as a diluent solvent, and mixed and stirred. A urethane-based adhesive composition (U2) was prepared. The number of blending parts is shown in Table 1. Further, the number of parts of each material other than toluene is converted into a solid content, and the number of parts of toluene means the amount of all the solvents contained in the adhesive. [Production Example 7]: Production of an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Ac1) as a material for forming an adhesive layer contained in a surface protective film, and addition to a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a condenser 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.): 100 parts by weight of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.): 4 parts by weight, 2, 2' as a polymerization initiator -Azobisisobutyronitrile (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.): 0. 2 parts by weight, ethyl acetate: 156 parts by weight, nitrogen gas was introduced while slowly stirring, and the liquid temperature in the flask was maintained at around 65 ° C, and polymerization was carried out for 6 hours to prepare an acrylic polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 550,000 (Ac1P). Solution (40% by weight). The CORONATE HX (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.) and the catalyst (the Japanese chemical industry limited stock) were added as a crosslinking agent to the obtained acrylic polymer solution (Ac1P) (40% by weight) having a weight average molecular weight of 550,000. The company's product name: Nasemuiron) and ethyl acetate as a diluent solvent were mixed and stirred to prepare an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Ac1). The number of blending parts is shown in Table 1. Further, the number of parts of each material other than ethyl acetate is converted into a solid content, and the number of parts of ethyl acetate means the amount of all the solvents contained in the adhesive. [Production Example 8] The production of the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Ac2) as a material for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contained in the surface protective film was added to a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a condenser. Butyl acrylate (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.): 95 parts by weight, acrylic acid (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.): 5 parts by weight of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile as a polymerization initiator (and Guang Pure Pharmaceutical Industry Co., Ltd.): 0. 2 parts by weight and ethyl acetate: 186 parts by weight, nitrogen gas was introduced while stirring slowly, and the liquid temperature in the flask was maintained at around 63 ° C, and polymerization was carried out for 10 hours to prepare an acrylic polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 500,000 (Ac2P). Solution (35 wt%). A TETRAD C (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) and a catalyst (Japanese Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) as a crosslinking agent were added to a solution (35 wt%) of an acrylic polymer (Ac2P) having a weight average molecular weight of 500,000 obtained. Manufactured, trade name: Nasemuiron), and ethyl acetate as a diluent solvent were mixed and stirred to prepare an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Ac2). The number of blending parts is shown in Table 1. Further, the number of parts of each material other than ethyl acetate is converted into a solid content, and the number of parts of ethyl acetate means the amount of all the solvents contained in the adhesive. [Production Example 9] Production of a rubber-based adhesive composition (G) as a material for forming an adhesive layer contained in the surface protective film was added to Hybrar 5127 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.): 100 parts by weight as a diluent solvent The toluene was mixed and stirred to produce a rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (G). The number of blending parts is shown in Table 1. [Production Example 10] Production of a polyfluorene-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (S) as a material for forming an adhesive layer contained in a surface protective film. Addition-reactive polyoxygen-based adhesive (trade name: X- 40-3306, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and a platinum-based catalyst (trade name: CAT-PL-50T, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) to produce a polyoxygen-based adhesive composition (S) . The number of blending parts is shown in Table 1. [Production Example 11]: Production of a surface protective film with a separator film The various adhesive compositions obtained were applied to a substrate containing a polyester resin by a groove roll to a thickness of 10 μm after drying. "Lumirror S10 (Thickness: 38 μm, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) Curing and drying were carried out under the conditions of a drying temperature of 130 ° C and a drying time of 30 seconds. The adhesive layer is thus formed on the substrate. Then, a polyfluorinated surface of a substrate (isolation film) containing a polyester resin having a thickness of 25 μm which was subjected to polyfluorination treatment on one surface was bonded to the surface of the adhesive layer to obtain a surface protective film with a separator. . <Measurement of the initial peeling force P of the optical member> The surface of the polarizing plate of the laminated body with the release liner and the adhesive layer produced in Production Example 4 on the opposite side to the release liner was 0. A 25 MPa pressure-bonded surface protective film is used to fabricate a polarizing plate with a surface protective film. The polarizing plate with the surface protective film produced was cut into a size of 25 mm in width and 80 mm in length. Further, as a method of cutting a polarizing plate with a surface protective film, a cutting machine is used, but it can also be cut by a super cutter. After leaving it for 24 hours in an environment of 23 ° C × 50% RH, the release liner of the polarizing plate with the surface protective film was peeled off, and the single-sided adhesive tape having a width of 25 mm and a length of 50 mm was cut (Nichiban Co., Ltd.) The product name "Cellotape (registered trademark)" was pressed against the side of the adhesive layer of the polarizing plate with the surface protective film so that the end surface was exposed by 1 mm, and left for 10 seconds. Then, for the single-sided adhesive tape, a universal tensile tester (manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd., product name: TCM-1kNB) was used at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and 6. The single-sided adhesive tape was peeled off at 0 m/min and the peeling angle was 180°. At this time, the maximum stress applied at the start of peeling was used as the initial peeling force (N/25 mm). The measurement was carried out in an environment of 23 ° C × 50% RH. <Measurement of the initial peeling force Q of the release liner> The surface of the polarizing plate of the laminate having the release liner and the adhesive layer produced in Production Example 4 on the opposite side to the release liner was 0. A 25 MPa pressure-bonded surface protective film is used to fabricate a polarizing plate with a surface protective film. The polarizing plate with the surface protective film produced was cut into a size of 25 mm in width and 80 mm in length. Further, as a method of cutting a polarizing plate with a surface protective film, a cutting machine is used, but it can also be cut by a super cutter. After being placed in an environment of 23 ° C × 50% RH for 24 hours, a single-sided adhesive tape (manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd., "Cellotape (registered trademark)) having a width of 25 mm and a length of 50 mm was cut out to expose the end surface. The side of the release liner of the polarizing plate with the surface protective film was crimped by a 1 mm method for 10 seconds. Then, for the single-sided adhesive tape, a universal tensile tester (manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd., product name: TCM-1kNB) was used at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and 6. The single-sided adhesive tape was peeled off at 0 m/min and the peeling angle was 180°. At this time, the maximum stress applied at the start of peeling was used as the initial peeling force (N/25 mm). The measurement was carried out in an environment of 23 ° C × 50% RH. When the thickness of the release liner is 38 μm and the peeling speed is 300 mm/min, the initial peeling force Q=0. 40 N/25 mm. When the thickness of the release liner is 38 μm and the peeling speed is 6 m/min, the initial peeling force Q=1. 23 N/25 mm. When the thickness of the release liner is 50 μm and the peeling speed is 300 mm/min, the initial peeling force Q=1. 99 N/25 mm. When the thickness of the release liner is 50 μm and the peeling speed is 6 m/min, the initial peeling force Q=2. 60 N/25 mm. <Measurement of Initial Adhesion of Surface Protective Film> The surface protective film with a separator obtained in Production Example 11 was cut into a size of 25 mm in width and 80 mm in length to peel off the separator. Then, the polarizing plate having the laminate of the release liner and the adhesive layer obtained in Production Example 4 was cut into a width of 70 mm and a length of 100 mm, and the surface on the opposite side to the release liner was 0. An evaluation sample was prepared by applying an adhesive layer of a pressure laminated surface protective film of 25 MPa. After lamination, it was allowed to stand in an environment of 23 ° C × 50% RH for 30 minutes, and a universal tensile tester (manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd., product name: TCM-1kNB) was used at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees. The surface protective film was peeled off, and at this time, the adhesion of the region where the numerical value was gradually stabilized was measured. The measurement was carried out in an environment of 23 ° C × 50% RH. <Measurement of Wetting Rate of Surface Protective Film> The surface protective film with the separator obtained in Production Example 11 was cut into a width of 2. An evaluation sample was prepared 5 cm long and 10 cm long. As the adherend, a polarizing plate having a laminate of a release liner and an adhesive layer obtained in Production Example 4 was used. One end of the width side of the adhesive layer side of the evaluation sample from which the separator was peeled off was fixed to the surface of the adherend opposite to the release liner, and the end portion of the unfixed width side was lifted, and the measurement was performed by hand. Open until the time of wetting and spreading 100 mm. (Unit: second/2. 5 cm × 10 cm). Calculate the wetting speed according to the time spent (unit: cm² /second). <Measurement of Weight Average Molecular Weight> The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic polymer obtained in Production Examples 7 and 8 was measured using a GPC apparatus (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, HLC-8220GPC). The measurement conditions are as follows. Further, the weight average molecular weight was determined from a value in terms of polystyrene. Sample concentration: 0.2% by weight (THF solution) Sample injection amount: 10 μl Dissolution THF Flow rate: 0.6 ml/min Measurement temperature: 40 ° C Sample column: TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H (1) + TSKgel SuperHZM-H (2 Reference column: TSKgel SuperH-RC (1) Detector: Differential refractometer (RI) [Examples 1 to 15 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3] According to the number of parts shown in Table 1, Production Example 11 was used. The surface protective film obtained with the separator was cut into a size of 25 mm in width and 80 mm in length to peel off the separator. Then, the polarizing plate having the laminate of the release liner and the adhesive layer obtained in Production Example 4 was cut into a width of 70 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a pressure layer of 0.25 MPa was formed on the side opposite to the release liner. The surface of the adhesive layer of the surface protective film is obtained, and the optical member (1) to (15) with the surface protective film composed of the release liner/adhesive layer/optical member/surface protective film (adhesive layer/substrate layer) is obtained. ), (C1) to (C3). The results are shown in Table 1. [Table 1] [Industrial Applicability] The optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can be used in any suitable application. Preferably, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can be preferably used in the field of optical members or electronic members.

10‧‧‧剝離襯墊
20‧‧‧黏著劑層(2)
30‧‧‧光學構件
40‧‧‧黏著劑層(1)
50‧‧‧基材層
100‧‧‧表面保護膜
1000‧‧‧附有表面保護膜之光學構件
P‧‧‧光學構件之起始剝離力
Q‧‧‧剝離襯墊之起始剝離力10‧‧‧Release liner
20‧‧‧Adhesive layer (2)
30‧‧‧Optical components
40‧‧‧Adhesive layer (1)
50‧‧‧ substrate layer
100‧‧‧Surface protection film
1000‧‧‧Optical components with surface protection film
P‧‧‧Initial peel force of optical components
Q‧‧‧Initiation peeling force of release liner

圖1係本發明之一實施形態之附有表面保護膜之光學構件之概略剖視圖。圖2係對光學構件自該光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體之起始剝離力P進行說明之概略剖視圖。圖3係對剝離襯墊之起始剝離力Q進行說明之概略剖視圖。BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optical member with a surface protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining an initial peeling force P of an optical member from a laminate of the optical member and the surface protective film. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining the initial peeling force Q of the release liner.

10‧‧‧剝離襯墊 10‧‧‧Release liner

20‧‧‧黏著劑層(2) 20‧‧‧Adhesive layer (2)

30‧‧‧光學構件 30‧‧‧Optical components

40‧‧‧黏著劑層(1) 40‧‧‧Adhesive layer (1)

50‧‧‧基材層 50‧‧‧ substrate layer

100‧‧‧表面保護膜 100‧‧‧Surface protection film

1000‧‧‧附有表面保護膜之光學構件 1000‧‧‧Optical components with surface protection film

Claims

一種附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其依序具有：光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，且該表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)，該表面保護膜之該黏著劑層(1)為光學構件側，且該光學構件自該積層體之起始剝離力P大於該剝離襯墊自該積層體之起始剝離力Q。An optical member with a surface protective film, comprising: a laminate of an optical member and a surface protective film, an adhesive layer (2) provided on an opposite side of the optical member from the surface protective film, and the adhesive layer a release liner provided on the opposite side of the optical member of the agent layer (2), and the surface protection film comprises a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1), and the adhesive layer (1) of the surface protection film is an optical member The side, and the initial peeling force P of the optical member from the laminated body is greater than the initial peeling force Q of the release liner from the laminated body.

如請求項1之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述光學構件之厚度為1 μm～500 μm。An optical member having a surface protective film as claimed in claim 1, wherein the optical member has a thickness of from 1 μm to 500 μm.

如請求項1或2之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述表面保護膜之厚度為5 μm～500 μm。An optical member having a surface protective film as claimed in claim 1 or 2, wherein the surface protective film has a thickness of from 5 μm to 500 μm.

如請求項1至3中之任一項之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述剝離襯墊之厚度為1 μm～500 μm。The optical member with a surface protective film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the release liner has a thickness of from 1 μm to 500 μm.

如請求項1至4中之任一項之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述基材層為塑膠膜。The optical member to which a surface protective film is attached according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the substrate layer is a plastic film.

如請求項1至5中之任一項之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述黏著劑層(1)所含有之黏著劑為選自胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、丙烯酸系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑、聚矽氧系黏著劑中之至少1種。The optical member with a surface protective film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the adhesive layer (1) contains an adhesive selected from the group consisting of a urethane-based adhesive and an acrylic adhesive. At least one of a rubber-based adhesive and a polyoxygen-based adhesive.

如請求項6之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑包含由含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。An optical member comprising a surface protective film according to claim 6, wherein the urethane-based adhesive comprises a polyaminocarboxylic acid formed from a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). Ester resin.

如請求項7之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述多元醇(A)與上述多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計為2.0以下。An optical member having a surface protective film as claimed in claim 7, wherein an equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the polyhydric alcohol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is 2.0 or less based on the NCO group/OH group. .

如請求項6之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑包含由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。An optical member having a surface protective film as claimed in claim 6, wherein the urethane-based adhesive comprises a composition comprising a urethane prepolymer (C) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). Polyurethane resin.

如請求項9之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與上述多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計為2.0以下。An optical member having a surface protective film as claimed in claim 9, wherein an equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the above urethane prepolymer (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is NCO based / The OH group is 2.0 or less.

如請求項7至10中之任一項之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑含有脂肪酸酯。The optical member to which a surface protective film is attached according to any one of claims 7 to 10, wherein the urethane-based adhesive contains a fatty acid ester.

如請求項6之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述丙烯酸系黏著劑包含由如下組合物形成之丙烯酸系樹脂，該組合物含有：(a)烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(b)選自具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸中之至少1種、(c)選自多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑及環氧系交聯劑中之至少1種。An optical member comprising a surface protective film according to claim 6, wherein the acrylic adhesive comprises an acrylic resin formed of a composition comprising: (a) an alkyl ester portion having an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 12 (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester, (b) at least one selected from the group consisting of a (meth) acrylate having an OH group and (meth)acrylic acid, and (c) being selected from a polyfunctional isocyanate system. At least one of a crosslinking agent and an epoxy crosslinking agent.

如請求項1至12中之任一項之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述表面保護膜相對於上述光學構件表面之潤濕速度為5 cm² /秒以上。The optical member with a surface protective film according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the surface protective film has a wetting speed of 5 cm ² /sec or more with respect to the surface of the optical member.